64% found this document useful (14 votes)

25K views

Mastering Math M2B Unlocked

This document appears to be the preface or introduction to a mathematics textbook for secondary school students in Thailand. It provides an overview of the key features and contents of the textbook. The textbook covers topics such as factorization of polynomials, Pythagorean theorem, statistics, geometry, and reasoning. It is adapted from another textbook series and aims to develop 21st century skills in students.

Uploaded by

Kyo Toey

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

64% found this document useful (14 votes)

25K views

Mastering Math M2B Unlocked

Uploaded by

Kyo Toey

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 298

Wo

rk-Textboo
KE
k
Y
MASTERING
MATHEMATICS

2B
Yeap Ban Har, Ph.D. Secondary
Joseph Yeo Boon Wooi, Ph.D.
Teh Keng Seng
Work-Textbook

Mastering Mathematics
Secondary 2B Secondary

Subject Area: Mathematics

Based on Thailand’s newly revised curriculum of B.E. 2560 (A.D. 2017)
2B

Authors
Yeap Ban Har, Ph.D. K
E
Joseph Yeo Boon Wooi, Ph.D. Y
Teh Keng Seng
Editors
Poranee Tatsanasaengsoon
Tipsuda Buakaew
Sathawut Anuraksakulwet
Kanjana Heenpooh

All rights reserved

This Secondary Mathematics Series, adapted from the New Syllabus Mathematics series,
is published in collaboration with Shing Lee Publishers Pte Ltd, Singapore.
Preface
Mastering Mathematics is a series of Work-Textbooks written based on the B.E. 2560
(A.D. 2017) revised version of Thailand’s Basic Education Core Curriculum B.E. 2551 (A.D.
2008). This series is adapted and developed from the New Syllabus Mathematics series
in collaboration with Shing Lee Publishers Pte Ltd, Singapore aiming to enhance skills
needed in the 21st Century, which include analytical skill, problem-solving skill, creativity,
ICT skills and collaboration skill. These skills help students to act on economic, social,
cultural and environmental changes potentially such that they are able to compete and live
harmoniously with the world community.

Key Features

K Worked Example Exercise

E
Y This shows students how to apply what they The questions are classified into three levels
have learned to solved related problems and of difficulty–Basic, Intermediate and Advanced.
how to present their working clearly.

Practice Now Summary

At the end of each Worked Example, a
similar question will be provided for immediate At the end of each chapter, a succinct summary
practice. Where appropriate, this includes further of the key concepts is provided to help students
questions of progressive difficulty. consolidate what they have learned.
Similar Questions Review Exercise
A list of similar questions in the Exercise is This is included at the end of each chapter for
given here to help teachers choose questions the consolidation of learning of concepts.
that their students can do on their own.

Challenge Yourself
Optional problems are included at the end of each chapter to challenge and stretch high-ability
students to their fullest potential.
Active Learning Activities

Investigation Class Discussion

Activities are included to guide students to Questions are provided for students to discuss in
investigate and discover important mathematical class, with the teacher acting as the facilitator.
concepts so that they can construct their own The questions will assist students to learn new
knowledge meaningfully. knowledge, think mathematically, and enhance
their reasoning and oral communication skills.

Thinking Time Journal Writing

Key questions are also included at appropriate Opportunities are provided for students to
junctures to check if students have grasped reflect on their learning and to communicate
various concepts and to create opportunities for mathematically. It can also be used as a
them to further develop their thinking. formative assessment to provide feedback to
students to improve on their learning.
K
Performance Task E
Y
Mini projects are designed to develop research and presentation skills in the students.

Marginal Notes
ATTENTION PROBLEM SOLVING TIP INFORMATION

This contains important This guides students on how This includes information
information that students to approach a problem. that may be of interest to
should know. students.

RECALL JUST FOR FUN INTERNET RESOURCES

This contains certain This contains puzzles, This guides students to

mathematical concepts or fascinating facts and search on the Internet for
rules that students have interesting stories as valuable information or
learned previously. enrichment for students. interesting online games
for their independent and
self-directed learning.
Contents
Chapter 1 Chapter 2

Factorization of Polynomials 2 Pythagoras’ Theorem 52

1.1 Factorization of Polynomials by Using 2.1 Pythagoras’ Theorem 54
Distributive Property 4 2.2 Real-life Applications of Pythagoras’
1.2 Factorization of Quadratic Polynomials in Theorem 72
One Variable 13 2.3 Converse of Pythagoras’ Theorem 86
1.3 Factorization of Quadratic Polynomials by Summary 92
Using Identities of Quadratic Polynomials 29 Review Exercise 2 93
Summary 41 Challenge Yourself 97
Review Exercise 1 43
Challenge Yourself 50

Chapter 3 Chapter 4

Prisms and Cylinders 98 Statistics 152

3.1 Nets 100 4.1 Dot Plots 154
3.2 Volume and Surface Area of Cubes 4.2 Stem-and-Leaf Plots 158
K and Cuboids 102 4.3 Histograms 168
E 3.3 Volume and Surface Area of Prisms 113 4.4 Arithmetic Mean 184
Y 3.4 Volume and Surface Area of Cylinders 123 4.5 Median 197
3.5 Volume and Surface Area of 4.6 Mode 204
Composite Solids 137 4.7 Selection and Usage of Middle Values 208
Summary 144 Summary 217
Review Exercise 3 145 Review Exercise 4 219
Challenge Yourself 151 Challenge Yourself 226
Chapter 5

Reasoning in Geometric 228

Constructions
5.1 Geometric Reasoning 230
5.2 Reasoning in Geometric Constructions 243
Summary 273
Review Exercise 5 275
Challenge Yourself 281

Problems in Real - World Contexts 282

Learning Standard and Indicators Strand 1 Strand 2 Strand 3
Standard M 1.1 Standard M 1.2 Standard M 1.3 Standard M 2.1 Standard M 2.2 Standard M 3.1 Standard M 3.2
Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator
Chapter/Topic
1 2 1 2 - 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 -
Chapter 1: Factorization of Polynomials
1.1 Factorization of Polynomials by Using Distributive Property ✓
1.2 Factorization of Quadratic Polynomial in One Variable ✓
1.3 Factorization of Quadratic Polynomials by Using Identities of Quadratic ✓
Polynomials
Chapter 2: Pythagoras’ Theorem
2.1 Pythagoras’ Theorem ✓
2.2 Real-life Applications of Pythagoras’ Theorem ✓
2.3 Converse of Pythagoras’ Theorem ✓
Chapter 3: Prisms and Cylinders
3.1 Nets ✓ ✓
3.2 Volume and Surface Area of Cubes and Cuboids ✓ ✓
Mastering Mathematics Secondary 2B

3.3 Volume and Surface Area of Prisms ✓ ✓

3.4 Volume and Surface Area of Cylinders ✓ ✓
3.5 Volume and Surface Area of Composite Solids ✓ ✓
Chapter 4: Statistics

Taught in other levels

Taught in other levels
Table of Learning Standards and Indicators for

4.1 Dot Plots ✓

4.2 Stem-and-Leaf Plots ✓
4.3 Histograms ✓
4.4 Arithmetic Mean ✓
4.5 Median ✓
4.6 Mode ✓
4.7 Selection and Usage of Middle Values ✓
Chapter 5: Reasoning in Geometric Constructions
5.1 Geometric Reasoning ✓
5.2 Reasoning in Geometric Constructions ✓
E
Y
K
K
E
Y

2
Chapter1
Factorization
of Polynomials
To find the value of 8992, we normally use long
multiplication or a calculator. But, once we learn about
the factorization of quadratic polynomials, we will know
the easier way to find the value of 8992 without using
any long multiplication or calculator.
K
E
Y

Indicator
• Understand and apply the factorization of quadratic
polynomials to solve mathematical and real-world problems.
(MA 1.2 G. 8/2)
Compulsory Details
• Factorization of quadratic polynomials by using:
- Distributive property
- Perfect square
- Difference of squares

3
1.1 Factorization of Polynomials
by Using Distributive Property
1. Factorization of Polynomials in the Form ax + by
We have learned that the distributive property can be used for factorizing polynomials.
For example, 2(x + y) = 2x + 2y, which is a polynomial distribution. In this section,
we will take a look at the opposite method to the polynomial distribution, which is
factorization. With this method, we write two or more polynomials in the form of factors
multiplied by each other.
In order to factorize any polynomial, we have to determine common factors of each
term in a certain polynomial, in which they can be
Recall
numbers or variables. For example:
Factors of 4 are 1 2 4.
• From 4x + 2, determine 4x and 2. We can see Factors of 6 are 1 2 3 6.
K that 2 is a common factor of 4x and 2. Therefore, common factors of 4 and
E 6 are 1 and 2.
Y Therefore, 4x + 2 = 2(2x) + 2(1) = 2(2x + 1).
• From 6pq - 3p, determine 6pq and 3p. We can JUST FOR FUN
see that 3 and p are common factors of 6pq Find the value of
and 3p. (x - a)(x - b)(x - c)...(x - z).
Therefore, 6pq - 3p = 3p(2q) - 3p(1) = 3p(2q - 1).

Worked Example 1
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 6x - 12 2) 4ay - 24az
3) 3x2 + 9xy 4) 2πr 2 + 2πrh
5) a2b - a2b2 6) c2d 3 + c3d 2 - c2d 2

4
Solution:
1) 6x - 12 = 3(2x) - 3(4) ATTENTION

= 3(2x - 4) After factorization, we should always

check whether each term of a
2) 4ay - 24az = 4a(y) - 4a(6z) particular polynomial in brackets can
= 4a(y - 6z) still be factorized. For example, in 2),
3) 3x2 + 9xy = 3x(x) + 3x(3y) if we factorize 4ay - 24az and get
4ay - 24az = 4(ay - 6az), then it is
= 3x(x + 3y) considered incomplete factorization
4) 2πr 2 + 2πrh = 2πr (r) + 2πr (h) because each term of the polynomial
= 2πr (r + h) in brackets has a as the common
factor.
5) a2b - a2b2 = a2b(1) - a2b(b)
= a2b(1 - b)
6) c2d 3 + c3d 2 - c2d 2 = c2d 2(d) + c2d 2(c) - c2d 2(1)
= c2d 2(d + c - 1)
K
Similar Questions E
Practice Now Exercise 1A Question 1 Y
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) -10x + 25 2) 18a - 54ay + 36az
=..............................................................................................................
5(-2x) + 5(5) =..............................................................................................................
9a(2) - 9a(6y) + 9a(4z)
=..............................................................................................................
5(-2x + 5) =..............................................................................................................
9a(2 - 6y + 4z)
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

3) 8x2y + 4x 4) πr 2 + πr
=..............................................................................................................
4x(2xy) + 4x(1) πr (r) + πr ()
=..............................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
4x(2xy + 1) πr (r + )
=..............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

5) -a3by + a2y 6) 3c2d + 6c2d 2 + 3c3

= a2y (-ab) + a2y (1)
.............................................................................................................. 3c2(d) + 3c2(2d 2) + 3c2(c)
=..............................................................................................................
= a2y (-ab + 1)
.............................................................................................................. 3c2(d + 2d 2 + c)
=..............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

5
Class Discussion
Work in pairs. Consider the given polynomials and identify which polynomials are equal.
For example, 3x - 12 equals 3(x - 4) because 3x - 12 = 3(x) - 3(4) = 3(x - 4). And,
justify your answers with the class.
A B C D
1- x -23x + 75 7(ay - 7y) -2(3x - y)
6 6
E F G H
x - 3 - 2x - 5 -6x + 2y 3(x + 3) - 4(2x + 3) -x - 19
2 3 4 3 6
I J K L
29x - 3y 7y (a - 7) 7ay - 49y -25x - 9y
M N O P
2x - 3[5x - y - 2(7x - y)] -2312
x - 21 -6x - 2y x-1
6
K
E
Y The equal polynomials are as follows:
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

D and F -2(3x - y) = -6x + 2y

A and E x 2- 3 - 2x3- 5 = 3(x - 3) -62(2x - 5) = 3x - 9 -64x + 10 = 1 6- x

G and N 3(x 4+ 3) - 4(2x3+ 3) = 9(x + 3) -1216(2x + 3) = 9x + 27 12 - 32x - 48 = -23x - 21

12
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

I and M 2x - 3[5x - y - 2(7x - y)] = 2x - 3(5x - y - 14x + 2y) = 2x + 27x - 3y = 29x - 3y

C, J and K 7ay - 49y = 7(ay - 7y) = 7y (a - 7)

2. Factorization of Polynomials in the Form ax + bx + kay + kby

In some situations, we have to group the terms with common factors together before
factorizing a polynomial. For example:
ax - ay + bx - by
= (ax - ay) + (bx - by)
= a(x - y) + b(x - y)
= (x - y)(a + b) (a(x - y) and b(x - y) have common factors, i.e. (x - y)).
6
In some situations, we have to use the commutative property in order to make the
terms in a polynomial that have common factors closer to each other before grouping
them. For example:
cx + dy + dx + cy
= cx + cy + dx + dy
= (cx + cy) + (dx + dy)
= c(x + y) + d(x + y)
= (x + y)(c + d) (c(x + y) and d(x + y) have common factors, i.e. (x + y)).
Or cx + dy + dx + cy
= cx + dx + cy + dy
= (cx + dx) + (cy + dy)
= x(c + d) + y(c + d)
= (c + d)(x + y) (x(c + d) and y(c + d) have common factors, i.e. (c + d))
In some situations, we have to change operation symbols in the grouped brackets,
before factorizing. For example: K
E
h(x - y) + k(y - x) Y
= h(x - y) - k(x - y)
= (x - y)(h - k)
Worked Example 2
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) a(2x + 3) + 2(3 + 2x) 2) 2b(5x + 2) - (5x + 2)
3) 3c(x - y) - 3d(x - y) 4) h(x - 2) + k(2 - x)
Solution:
1) a(2x + 3) + 2(3 + 2x) ATTENTION

= a(2x + 3) + 2(2x + 3) Take a look at 1), 2) and 4). We

= (2x + 3)(a + 2) can see that:
1) 2x + 3 = 3 + 2x
2) 2b(5x + 2) - (5x + 2) 2) -(5x + 2) = (-1)(5x + 2)
= (5x + 2)(2b - 1) 4) k(2 - x) = -k(x - 2)

7
3) 3c(x - y) - 3d(x - y)
= 3[c(x - y) - d(x - y)]
= 3(x - y)(c - d)
4) h(x - 2) + k(2 - x)
= h(x - 2) - k(x - 2)
= (x - 2)(h - k)

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1A Questions 2, 4, 6-7
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 2(x + 1) + a(1 + x) 2) 9(x + 2) - b(x + 2)
=..............................................................................................................
2(x + 1) + a(x + 1) =..............................................................................................................
(x + 2)(9 - b)
=..............................................................................................................
(x + 1)(2 + a) ..............................................................................................................

Worked Example 3
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) ax - bx + 2ay - 2by 2) 6ax + 12by + 9bx + 8ay
3) x2 + xy - 3x - 3y 4) 6xy - 15y + 10 - 4x
Solution:
1) ax - bx + 2ay - 2by
= (ax - bx) + (2ay - 2by) (Group the terms that have common factors together.)
= x(a - b) + 2y(a - b) (Factorize each group.)
= (a - b)(x + 2y) (Factorize the two groups.)

8
2) 6ax + 12by + 9bx + 8ay
= (6ax + 9bx) + (12by + 8ay) (Group the terms that have common factors together.)
= 3x(2a + 3b) + 4y(3b + 2a) (Factorize each group.)
= 3x(2a + 3b) + 4y(2a + 3b)
= (2a + 3b)(3x + 4y) (Factorize the two groups.)
3) x2 + xy - 3x - 3y
= (x2 + xy) - (3x + 3y) (Group the terms that have common factors together.)
= x(x + y) - 3(x + y) (Factorize each group.)
= (x + y)(x - 3) (Factorize the two groups.)
4) 6xy - 15y + 10 - 4x
= (6xy - 15y) + (10 - 4x) (Group the terms that have common factors together.)
= 3y(2x - 5) + 2(5 - 2x) (Factorize each group.)
= 3y(2x - 5) - 2(2x - 5) (Change the operation symbol of each term in the
second brackets.)
= (2x - 5)(3y - 2) (Factorize the two groups.) K
E
Similar Questions Y
Practice Now Exercise 1A Questions 3, 5, 8
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) xy + 4x + 3y + 12 2) 3by + 4ax + 12ay + bx
=..............................................................................................................
(xy + 4x) + (3y + 12) =..............................................................................................................
(4ax + 12ay) + (bx + 3by)
=..............................................................................................................
x(y + 4) + 3(y + 4) =..............................................................................................................
4a(x + 3y) + b(x + 3y)
=..............................................................................................................
(y + 4)(x + 3) =..............................................................................................................
(x + 3y)(4a + b)
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

3) x3 - x2 - 1 + x 4) 6xy - 4x - 2z + 3yz
(x3 x2)
=..............................................................................................................
- + (x - 1) =..............................................................................................................
(6xy - 4x) + (3yz - 2z)
x2(x - 1) + (x - 1)
=.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
2x(3y - 2) + z(3y - 2)
(x - 1)(x2 + 1)
=.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
(3y - 2)(2x + z)
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

9
Thinking Time
How can we apply the previous method that we have learned to factorize 5x2 - 12x - 9?
5x2 - 12x - 9 = 5x2 - 15x + 3x - 9
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (5x2 - 15x) + (3x - 9)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5x(x - 3) + 3(x - 3)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (x - 3)(5x + 3)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 1A
Basic Level
K 1. Factorize the following polynomials.
E
Y 1) 12x - 9 2) 27b - 36by
=..............................................................................................................
3(4x) - 3(3) = 9b(3) - 9b(4y)
..............................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
3(4x - 3) = 9b(3 - 4y)
..............................................................................................................

3) 8ax + 12a - 4az 4) 4m - 6my - 18mz

4a(2x) + 4a(3) - 4a(z)
=.............................................................................................................. = 2m(2) - 2m(3y) - 2m(9z)
..............................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
4a(2x + 3 - z) = 2m(2 - 3y - 9z)
..............................................................................................................

2. Factorize the following polynomials.

1) 6a(x - 2y) + 5(x - 2y) 2) 2b(x + 3y) - c(3y + x)
=..............................................................................................................
(x - 2y)(6a + 5) =..............................................................................................................
2b(x + 3y) - c(x + 3y)
.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
(x + 3y)(2b - c)
3) 3d(5x - y) - 4f(5x - y) 4) 5h(x + 3y) + 10k(x + 3y)
=..............................................................................................................
(5x - y)(3d - 4f) 5[h(x + 3y) + 2k(x + 3y)]
=..............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
5(x + 3y)(h + 2k)

10
3. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) ax - 5a + 4x - 20 2) ax + bx + ay + by
=..............................................................................................................
a(x - 5) + 4(x - 5) =..............................................................................................................
x(a + b) + y(a + b)
=..............................................................................................................
(x - 5)(a + 4) =..............................................................................................................
(a + b)(x + y)
3) x + xy + 2y + 2y2 4) x2 - 3x + 2xy - 6y
x(1 + y) + 2y(1 + y)
=.............................................................................................................. x(x - 3) + 2y(x - 3)
=..............................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
(1 + y)(x + 2y) =..............................................................................................................
(x - 3)(x + 2y)

Intermediate Level
4. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) (x + y)(a + b) - (y + z)(a + b) 2) (c + 2d)2 - (c + 2d)(3c - 7d)
=..............................................................................................................
(a + b)[(x + y) - (y + z)] =..............................................................................................................
(c + 2d)[(c + 2d) - (3c - 7d)]
=..............................................................................................................
(a + b)(x + y - y - z) =..............................................................................................................
(c + 2d)(c + 2d - 3c + 7d)
=..............................................................................................................
(a + b)(x - z) =..............................................................................................................
(c + 2d)(-2c + 9d) K
E
3) x(2h - k) + 3y(k - 2h) 4) 6x(4m - n) - 2y(n - 4m) Y
x(2h - k) - 3y(2h - k)
=.............................................................................................................. 2[3x(4m - n) - y(n - 4m)]
=..............................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
(2h - k)(x - 3y) =..............................................................................................................
2[3x(4m - n) + y(4m - n)]
.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
2(4m - n)(3x + y)

5. Factorize the following polynomials.

1) 3ax + 28by + 4ay + 21bx 2) dy + fy - fz - dz
=..............................................................................................................
(3ax + 4ay) + (21bx + 28by) =..............................................................................................................
y(d + f ) - z(f + d )
=..............................................................................................................
a(3x + 4y) + 7b(3x + 4y) =..............................................................................................................
y(d + f ) - z(d + f )
=..............................................................................................................
(3x + 4y)(a + 7b) =..............................................................................................................
(d + f)(y - z)
3) 3x2 + 6xy - 4xz - 8yz 4) x2y2 - 5x2y - 5xy2 + xy3
3x(x + 2y) - 4z(x + 2y)
=.............................................................................................................. xy(xy - 5x - 5y + y2)
=..............................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
(x + 2y)(3x - 4z) =..............................................................................................................
xy[x(y - 5) + y(-5 + y)]
.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
xy(y - 5)(x + y)

11
Advanced Level
6. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 2x(7 + y) - 14x(y + 2) 2) -3a(2 + b) + 18a(b - 1)
=..............................................................................................................
2x[7 + y - 7(y + 2)] =..............................................................................................................
3a[-(2 + b) + 6(b - 1)]
=..............................................................................................................
2x(7 + y - 7y - 14) =..............................................................................................................
3a(-2 - b + 6b - 6)
=..............................................................................................................
2x(y - 7y + 7 - 14) =..............................................................................................................
3a(-b + 6b - 2 - 6)
=..............................................................................................................
2x(-6y - 7) =..............................................................................................................
3a(5b - 8)
=..............................................................................................................
-2x(6y + 7) ..............................................................................................................

7. Factorize the following polynomials.

1) 144p(y - 5x2) - 12q(10x2 - 2y) 2) 2(5x + 10y)(2y - x)2 - 4(6y + 3x)(x - 2y)
144p(y - 5x2) + 24q(y - 5x2)
=.............................................................................................................. 10(x + 2y)(2y - x)2 - 12(2y + x)(x - 2y)
=..............................................................................................................
24[6p(y - 5x2) + q(y - 5x2)]
=.............................................................................................................. 10(x + 2y)(x - 2y)2 - 12(x + 2y)(x - 2y)
=..............................................................................................................
K 24(y - 5x2)(6p + q)
=.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
2(x + 2y)(x - 2y)[5(x - 2y) - 6]
E
Y .............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
2(x + 2y)(x - 2y)(5x - 10y - 6)
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

8. Factorize 13 p2q + 43 p2r. Then, specify the values of p, q and r from

1 × (1.2)2 × 36 + 4 × (1.2)2 × 16 and solve it.
3 3
1...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 4 2 1 2
3 p q + 3 p r = 3 p (q + 4r)
The values of p = 1.2, q = 36 and r = 16. We have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 4 2
3 × (1.2) × 36 + 3 × (1.2) × 16
1 (1.2)2 [36 + 4(16)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
1 (1.44)(36 + 64)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
1 (1.44)(100)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
1 × 144
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
48.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

12
1.2 Factorization of Quadratic
Polynomials in One Variable
We have learned that the multiplication of two polynomials in the form
px + q, where p and q are constants, x is a variable, and p 0 , the product will be in
the form ax2 + bx + c, where a, b and c are constants, and a 0 This is considered
a quadratic polynomial in one variable and the variable is x. On this topic, we will learn
about the factorization of a quadratic polynomial in one variable by using the knowledge
mentioned above.

1. Factorization of Quadratic Polynomials by Using Algebra

Discs
We have learned about the multiplication of two polynomials and see that the product of
x + 2 and x + 3 obtained by using the polynomial distribution is x2 + 5x + 6. This can K
be displayed by algebra discs and a multiplication table as follows: E
Y
× x 1 1 1
x x2 x x x
1 x 1 1 1
1 x 1 1 1

Therefore, (x + 2)(x + 3) = x(x + 3) + 2(x + 3)

= x2 + 3x + 2x + 6
= x2 + 5x + 6
Since factorization is the opposite method to the polynomial distribution, when we
factorize a quadratic polynomial, we will obtain two factors as a result as shown below:
x2 + 5x + 6 = x2 + 3x + 2x + 6
= x(x + 3) + 2(x + 3)
= (x + 3)(x + 2)
13
To factorize x2 + 5x + 6 by using algebra discs, we will start with a multiplication
table divided into four parts, in which x2 disc is in the upper left corner and six 1
discs are in the lower right corner.
×

x2
1 1 1
1 1 1

Then, we fill the rest of the area with five x discs, which will make up a rectangle.
×

x2 x x x
x 1 1 1
x 1 1 1

K We get:
E
Y × x 1 1 1 ATTENTION
x x2 x x x
• x2 = x × x
1 x 1 1 1 •x=x×1
1 x 1 1 1

Therefore, the factors of x2 + 5x + 6 are x + 2 and x + 3.

According to this factorization, we can see that the constant term, i.e. 6, can be
factorized as 2 × 3, and term 5x displayed by five x discs is categorized into 2 groups,
i.e. 2x and 3x. Once all of them are arranged in the blank together, it will make up a
complete multiplication table.
Example: Factorize x2 + 7x + 12 by using algebra discs.
We will start with a multiplication table divided into four parts, in which x2 disc
is in the upper left corner and twelve 1 discs are in the lower right corner. By this
method, 12 can be factorized as 1 × 12, 2 × 6 and 3 × 4.

14
If factors of 12 are 1 × 12, then we cannot group 7x into 2 groups to make a
complete multiplication table.
×

x2 x x x x x x
x 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

If factors of 12 are 2 × 6, then we cannot group 7x into 2 groups to make a

complete multiplication table.
×

x2 x x x x x x
x 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1

If factors of 12 are 3 × 4, then we can group 7x into 3x and 4x to make a complete K

E
multiplication table. Y
× × x 1 1 1 1
x2 x x x x x x2 x x x x
x 1 1 1 1 1 x 1 1 1 1
x 1 1 1 1 1 x 1 1 1 1
x 1 1 1 1 1 x 1 1 1 1

According to this factorization, we can display it in numerical form and a multiplication

table as follows:
ATTENTION

× x 4 • x × x = x2
x x2 4x • 3 × 4 = 12
3 3x 12 • 3 × x = 3x
• 4 × x = 4x
• 3x + 4x = 7x
Therefore, x2 + 7x + 12 = (x + 3)(x + 4).

15
Example: Factorize x2 - 7x + 12 by using algebra discs.
We will start with a multiplication table divided into four parts, in which x2 disc is
in the upper left corner and twelve 1 discs are in the lower right corner. Then, we
factorize -7x into -3x and -4x to complete the multiplication table.
× × x -1 -1 -1 -1
x2 -x -x -x -x x x2 -x -x -x -x
-x 1 1 1 1 -1 -x 1 1 1 1
-x 1 1 1 1 -1 -x 1 1 1 1
-x 1 1 1 1 -1 -x 1 1 1 1
According to this factorization, we can display it ATTENTION
in numerical form and a multiplication table as follows: • x x = x2 ×

× x -4 • (-3) × (-4) = 12
• (-3) × x = -3x
x x2 -4x • (-4) × x = -4x
-3 -3x 12 • (-3x) + (-4x) = -7x
K
E Therefore, x2 - 7x + 12 = (x - 3)(x - 4).
Y
Practice Now
Factorize the following polynomials by using algebra discs.
1) x2 + 6x + 5 2) x2 - 6x + 5
× x 1 1 1 1 1
.............................................................................................................. × x -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
..............................................................................................................
x x x x x x x 2 x x2 -x -x -x -x -x
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
1 x 1 1 1 1 1
.............................................................................................................. -1 -x 1 1 1 1 1
..............................................................................................................
Therefore, x2 + 6x + 5 = (x + 1)(x + 5).
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, x2 - 6x + 5 = (x - 1)(x - 5).
..............................................................................................................

3) x2 + 8x + 12 4) x2 - 8x + 12
× x 1 1 1 1 1 1
.............................................................................................................. × x -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
..............................................................................................................
2
x x x x x x x x x x2 -x -x -x -x -x -x
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
1 x 1 1 1 1 1 1
.............................................................................................................. -1 -x 1 1 1 1 1 1
..............................................................................................................
1 x 1 1 1 1 1 1
.............................................................................................................. -1 -x 1 1 1 1 1 1
..............................................................................................................
Therefore, x2 + 8x + 12 = (x + 2)(x + 6).
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, x2 - 8x + 12 = (x - 2)(x - 6).
..............................................................................................................
16
2. Factorization of Quadratic Polynomials by Using
Multiplication Tables
On the previous topic, we can write the factorization of quadratic polynomials in the
form of numbers and a multiplication table as in the following steps:
Determine x2 + 8x + 12.
× × x 6 × x 6
x2 x x2 x x2 6x
12 2 12 2 2x 12
2x + 6x = 8x
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Step 1: Create a multiplication table. Write x2 ATTENTION

in the upper left corner and 12 in the We can factorize 12 into 1 × 12,
lower right corner. 2 × 6 and 3 × 4.
Step 2: Determine factors of x2 and 12. Write • If 12 = 1 × 12, then:
the obtained factors in the first row × x 12 K
E
and also the first place value of the x x2 12x Y
multiplication table as shown, in which 1 x 12
x + 12x = 13x, in which 13x 8x
x2 = x × x and 12 = 2 × 6.
• If 12 = 3 × 4, then:
Step 3: Multiply to complete the table and check
× x 4
if the products correspond to the given
x x2 4x
polynomial. If not, redetermine the 3 3x 12
factors of x2 and 12 in Step 2. 3x + 4x = 7x, in which 7x 8x
Therefore, x2 + 8x + 12 = (x + 2)(x + 6). From both cases, we can see
According to the above method, we can factorize that the coefficients in front of
the variables of the products are
x - 5x + 4 by determining factors of x2 and 4, i.e.
2
unequal to the given polynomial.
x2 = x × x and 4 = (-1) × (-4).
× × x -4 × x -4
x2 x x2 x x2 -4x
4 -1 4 -1 -x 4
(-x) + (-4x) = -5x
Therefore, x2 - 5x + 4 = (x - 1)(x - 4).
17
Worked Example 4
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) x2 + 7x + 10 2) x2 - 9x + 14
3) x2 + x - 20 4) x2 - x - 12
Solution:
1) x2 = x × x PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

10 = 1 × 10 or (-1) × (-10) For any polynomial in the form

= 2 × 5 or (-2) × (-5) ax2 + bx + c, in which a, b and c > 0,
and both factors of c are positive
× x 5 values as shown in 1), we can see that
x x2 5x Select 2 and 5 10 can be factorized into several pairs,
2 10 because 2x + 5x = 7x. but we will consider only the pairs that
2x
have positive values for both, i.e. 10
Therefore, x2 + 7x + 10 = (x + 2)(x + 5). = 1 × 10 and 2 × 5.

2) x2 = x × x PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

K
E 14 = 1 × 14 or (-1) × (-14) We can justify the answers by multiplying
Y
= 2 × 7 or (-2) × (-7) the obtained factors together and then
comparing whether the product is equal
× x -7 to the given polynomial or not as in 1):
x x2 -7x Select -2 and -7 (x + 2)(x + 5) = x(x + 5) + 2(x + 5)
-2 -2x 14 because (-2x) + (-7x) = -9x. = x2 + 5x + 2x + 10
= x2 + 7x + 10
Therefore, x2 - 9x + 14 = (x - 2)(x - 7).
3) x2 = x × x PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

-20 = 1 × (-20) or (-1) × 20 For any polynomial in the form

= 2 × (-10) or (-2) × 10 ax2 + bx + c, in which a and
c > 0, but b < 0, and both factors
= 4 × (-5) or (-4) × 5 of c are negative values as in 2), we
5 can see that 14 can be factorized
× x
into several pairs, but we will
x x2 5x Select -4 and 5 consider only the pairs that have
-4 -4x -20 because (-4x) + 5x = x. negative values for both, i.e.
14 = (-1) × (-14) and (-2) × (-7).
Therefore, x2 + x - 20 = (x - 4)(x + 5).
18
4) x2 = x × x
-12 = 1 × (-12) or (-1) × 12
= 2 × (-6) or (-2) × 6
= 3 × (-4) or (-3) × 4
× x -4
x x2 -4x Select 3 and -4
3 3x -12 because 3x + (-4x) = -x
Therefore, x2 - x - 12 = (x + 3)(x - 4).
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Questions 1, 4
Factorize the following polynomials by using a multiplication table.
1) x2 + 8x + 7 2) x2 - 11x + 28
2 = x×x 2 = x×x
x.............................................................................................................. x..............................................................................................................
7..............................................................................................................
= 1 × 7 or (-1) × (-7) 28 = 1 × 28 or (-1) × (-28)
..............................................................................................................
× x 7
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × 14 or (-2) × (-14)
.............................................................................................................. K
x x 2
7x E
.............................................................................................................. = 4 × 7 or (-4) × (-7)
.............................................................................................................. Y
1 x 7 × x -7
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
x + 7x = 8x x x 2
-7x
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, x2 + 8x + 7 = (x + 1)(x + 7). -4 -4x 28
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
(-4x) + (-7x) = -11x
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, x2 - 11x + 28 = (x - 4)(x - 7).

..............................................................................................................

3) x2 + x - 2 4) x2 - 7x - 8
2 = x×x 2 = x×x
x.............................................................................................................. x..............................................................................................................
-2 = 1 × (-2) or (-1) × 2
.............................................................................................................. -8 = 1 × (-8) or (-1) × 8
..............................................................................................................
× x 2
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × (-4) or (-2) × 4
..............................................................................................................
2
x x 2x
.............................................................................................................. × x -8
..............................................................................................................
-1 -x -2 x x 2
-8x
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
(-x) + 2x = x 1 x -8
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
x + (-8x) = -7x
Therefore, x2 + x - 2 = (x - 1)(x + 2).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, x2 - 7x - 8 = (x + 1)(x - 8).

..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
19
Worked Example 5
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 2x2 + 7x + 3 2) 3x2 + 7x - 6
3) -x2 - 4x + 32 4) 4x2 - 6x - 4
Solution:
1) 2x2 = 2x × x
3 = 1 × 3 or (-1) × (-3)
× x 3
2x 2x2 6x Select 1 and 3
1 x 3 because (1)(x) + (3)(2x) = x + 6x = 7x.

Therefore, 2x2 + 7x + 3 = (2x + 1)(x + 3).

INFORMATION
x2
2) 3 = 3x × x In some cases, a quadratic
K -6 = 1 × (-6) or (-1) × 6 polynomial in one variable
E = 2 × (-3) or (-2) × 3 cannot be factorized by using a
Y multiplication table, e.g. x2 + 2x - 1.
× x 3
3x 3x2 9x Select -2 and 3
-2 -2x -6 because (-2)(x) + (3)(3x) = -2x + 9x = 7x.
Therefore, 3x2 + 7x - 6 = (3x - 2)(x + 3).
3) -x2 = (-x) × x
32 = 1 × 32 or (-1) × (-32)
= 2 × 16 or (-2) × (-16)
= 4 × 8 or (-4) × (-8)
× x 8
-x -x2 -8x Select 4 and 8
4 4x 32 because (4)(x) + (8)(-x) = 4x - 8x = -4x.
Therefore, -x2 - 4x + 32 = (-x + 4)(x + 8).

20
4) 4x2 - 6x - 4 = 2(2x2 - 3x - 2)
2x2 = 2x × x
-2 = 1 × (-2) or (-1) × 2
× x -2
2x 2x2 -4x Select 1 and -2
1 x -2 because (1)(x) + (-2)(2x) = x - 4x = -3x.
Therefore, 4x2 - 6x - 4 = 2(2x + 1)(x - 2).
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Questions 2, 3, 5
Factorize the following polynomials by using a multiplication table.
1) 2x2 + 11x + 12 2) 5x2 - 13x + 6
x2 = 2x × x
2.............................................................................................................. x2 = 5x × x
5..............................................................................................................
12 = 1 × 12 or (-1) × (-12)
.............................................................................................................. 6..............................................................................................................
= 1 × 6 or (-1) × (-6)
= 2 × 6 or (-2) × (-6)
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × 3 or (-2) × (-3)
..............................................................................................................
= 3 × 4 or (-3) × (-4) x -2 K
.............................................................................................................. ×
.............................................................................................................. E
× x 4
.............................................................................................................. 5x 5x -10x 2
..............................................................................................................
Y
2x 2x 2
8x -3 -3x 6
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
3 3x 12 (-3x) + (-10x) = -13x
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
3x + 8x = 11x Therefore, 5x2 - 13x + 6 = (5x - 3)(x - 2).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, 2x2 + 11x + 12 = (2x + 3)(x + 4).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

3) -2x2 + 9x - 9 4) 9x2 - 33x + 24

-2 x2 = (-2x) × x
.............................................................................................................. x2 - 33x + 24 = 3(3x2 - 11x + 8)
9..............................................................................................................
-9 = 1 × (-9) or (-1) × 9
.............................................................................................................. x2 = 3x × x
3..............................................................................................................
= 3 × (-3) or (-3) × 3
.............................................................................................................. 8..............................................................................................................
= 1 × 8 or (-1) × (-8)
× x -3
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × 4 or (-2) × (-4)
..............................................................................................................
2
-2x -2x 6x
.............................................................................................................. × x -1
..............................................................................................................
3 3x -9
.............................................................................................................. 3x 3x -3x 2
..............................................................................................................
3x + 6x = 9x -8 -8x 8
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, -2x2 + 9x - 9 = (-2x + 3)(x - 3). (-8x) + (-3x) = -11x
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, 9x2 - 33x + 24 = 3(3x - 8)(x - 1).

..............................................................................................................

21
Exercise 1B
Basic Level
1. Factorize the following polynomials by using a multiplication table.
1) a2 + 9a + 8 2) b2 + 8b + 15
2 = a×a
a.............................................................................................................. 2 = b×b
b..............................................................................................................
8..............................................................................................................
= 1 × 8 or (-1) × (-8) 15 = 1 × 15 or (-1) × (-15)
..............................................................................................................
= 2 × 4 or (-2) × (-4)
.............................................................................................................. = 3 × 5 or (-3) × (-5)
..............................................................................................................

× a 8
.............................................................................................................. × b 5
..............................................................................................................
2 2
a a 8a
.............................................................................................................. b b 5b
..............................................................................................................
1 a 8
..............................................................................................................
3 3b 15
..............................................................................................................
a + 8a = 9a 3b + 5b = 8b
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
2
Therefore, a + 9a + 8 = (a + 1)(a + 8).
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, b2 + 8b + 15 = (b + 3)(b + 5).
..............................................................................................................

K .............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
E
Y .............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

3) c2 - 9c + 20 4) d2 - 16d + 28
2 = c×c
c.............................................................................................................. 2 = d×d
d..............................................................................................................
20 = 1 × 20 or (-1) × (-20)
.............................................................................................................. 28 = 1 × 28 or (-1) × (-28)
..............................................................................................................
= 2 × 10 or (-2) × (-10)
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × 14 or (-2) × (-14)
..............................................................................................................
= 4 × 5 or (-4) × (-5)
.............................................................................................................. = 4 × 7 or (-4) × (-7)
..............................................................................................................
× c -5
.............................................................................................................. × d -14
..............................................................................................................
2 2
c c -5c
.............................................................................................................. d d -14d
..............................................................................................................
-4 -4c 20 -2 -2d 28
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
(-4c) + (-5c) = -9c (-2d) + (-14d) = -16d
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
2
Therefore, c - 9c + 20 = (c - 4)(c - 5).
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, d 2 - 16d + 28 = (d - 2)(d - 14).
..............................................................................................................

22
5) f 2 + 6f - 16 6) h2 + 2h - 120
2 2
f..............................................................................................................
= f×f h..............................................................................................................
= h×h
-16 = 1 × (-16) or (-1) × 16
.............................................................................................................. -120 = 1 × (-120) or (-1) × 120
..............................................................................................................
= 2 × (-8) or (-2) × 8
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × (-60) or (-2) × 60
..............................................................................................................
= 4 × (-4) or (-4) × 4
.............................................................................................................. = 3 × (-40) or (-3) × 40
..............................................................................................................

× f 8
.............................................................................................................. = 4 × (-30) or (-4) × 30
..............................................................................................................
2
f f 8f
.............................................................................................................. = 5 × (-24) or (-5) × 24
..............................................................................................................
-2 -2f -16
.............................................................................................................. = 6 × (-20) or (-6) × 20
..............................................................................................................
(-2f) + 8f = 6f = 8 × (-15) or (-8) × 15
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, f 2 + 6f - 16 = (f - 2)(f + 8).
.............................................................................................................. = 10 × (-12) or (-10) × 12
..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. × h 12
..............................................................................................................
2
.............................................................................................................. h h 12h
..............................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................
-10 -10h -120
..............................................................................................................
(-10h) + 12h = 2h
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, h2 + 2h - 120 = (h - 10)(h + 12). K

..............................................................................................................
E
7) k2 - 4k - 12 8) m2 - 20m - 21 Y
2 = k×k 2 = m×m
k.............................................................................................................. m..............................................................................................................
-12 = 1 × (-12) or (-1) × 12
.............................................................................................................. -21 = 1 × (-21) or (-1) × 21
..............................................................................................................
= 2 × (-6) or (-2) × 6
.............................................................................................................. = 3 × (-7) or (-3) × 7
..............................................................................................................
= 3 × (-4) or (-3) × 4
.............................................................................................................. × m -21
..............................................................................................................
× k -6
.............................................................................................................. m m2 -21m
..............................................................................................................
k k 2 -6k 1 m -21
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
2 2k -12 m + (-21m) = -20m
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
2k + (-6k) = -4k Therefore, m2 - 20m - 21 = (m + 1)(m - 21).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, k2 - 4k - 12 = (k + 2)(k - 6).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

23
2. Factorize the following polynomials by using a multiplication table.
1) 3n2 + 10n + 7 2) 4p2 + 8p + 3
2 2
3n = 3n × n
.............................................................................................................. 4p = 4p × p or 2p × 2p
..............................................................................................................
7..............................................................................................................
= 1 × 7 or (-1) × (-7) 3..............................................................................................................
= 1 × 3 or (-1) × (-3)
× n 1
.............................................................................................................. × 2p 3
..............................................................................................................
2 2
3n 3n 3n
.............................................................................................................. 2p 4p 6p
..............................................................................................................
7 7n 7
..............................................................................................................
1 2p 3
..............................................................................................................
7n + 3n = 10n 2p + 6p = 8p
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
2
Therefore, 3n + 10n + 7 = (3n + 7)(n + 1).
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, 4p2 + 8p + 3 = (2p + 1)(2p + 3).
..............................................................................................................

24
5) 8s2 + 2s - 15 6) 6t 2 + 19t - 20
2 2
8s = 8s × s or 4s × 2s
.............................................................................................................. 6t..............................................................................................................
= 6t × t or 3t × 2t
-15 = 1 × (-15) or (-1) × 15
.............................................................................................................. -20 = 1 × (-20) or (-1) × 20
..............................................................................................................
= 3 × (-5) or (-3) × 5
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × (-10) or (-2) × 10
..............................................................................................................

× 2s 3
.............................................................................................................. = 4 × (-5) or (-4) × 5
..............................................................................................................
2
4s 8s 12s
.............................................................................................................. × t 4
..............................................................................................................
-5 -10s -15
.............................................................................................................. 6t 6t 2
24t
..............................................................................................................
(-10s) + 12s = 2s -5 -5t -20
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, 8s2 + 2s - 15 = (4s - 5)(2s + 3). (-5t) + 24t = 19t
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, 6t 2 + 19t - 20 = (6t - 5)(t + 4).

..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, 18w2 - w - 39 = (9w + 13)(2w - 3).

..............................................................................................................

25
Intermediate Level
3. Factorize the following polynomials by using a multiplication table.
1) -a2 + 2a + 35 2) -3b2 + 76b - 25
2 2
-a = (-a) × a
.............................................................................................................. -3b = (-3b) × b
..............................................................................................................
35 = 1 × 35 or (-1) × (-35)
.............................................................................................................. -25 = 1 × (-25) or (-1) × 25
..............................................................................................................
= 5 × 7 or (-5) × (-7)
.............................................................................................................. = 5 × (-5) or (-5) × 5
..............................................................................................................

× a 5
.............................................................................................................. × b -25
..............................................................................................................
2 2
-a -a -5a
.............................................................................................................. -3b -3b 75b
..............................................................................................................
7 7a 35
..............................................................................................................
1 b -25
..............................................................................................................
7a + (-5a) = 2a b + 75b = 76b
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
2
Therefore, -a + 2a + 35 = (-a + 7)(a + 5).
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, -3b2 + 76b - 25 = (-3b + 1)(b - 25).
..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
K
E 3) 4c2 + 10c + 4 4) 5d 2 - 145d + 600
Y
4c 2 + 10c + 4 = 2(2c2 + 5c + 2) 5d 2 - 145d + 600 = 5(d 2 - 29d + 120)
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
2c 2 = 2c × c 2 = d×d
d..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
2..............................................................................................................
= 1 × 2 or (-1) × (-2) 120 = 1 × 120 or (-1) × (-120)
..............................................................................................................
× c 2
.............................................................................................................. = 2 × 60 or (-2) × (-60)
..............................................................................................................
2
2c 2c 4c
.............................................................................................................. = 3 × 40 or (-3) × (-40)
..............................................................................................................
1 c 2 = 4 × 30 or (-4) × (-30)
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
c + 4c = 5c = 5 × 24 or (-5) × (-24)
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, 4c2 + 10c + 4 = 2(2c + 1)(c + 2).
.............................................................................................................. = 6 × 20 or (-6) × (-20)
..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. = 8 × 15 or (-8) × (-15)

..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. = 10 × 12 or (-10) × (-12)

..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. × d -24
..............................................................................................................
2
.............................................................................................................. d d -24d
..............................................................................................................
-5 -5d 120
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
(-5d) + (-24d) = -29d
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, 5d 2 - 145d + 600 = 5(d - 5)(d - 24).

..............................................................................................................

26
5) 8f 2 + 4f - 60 6) 24h2 - 15h - 9
2
+ 4f - 60 = 4(2f 2 + f - 15)
8f.............................................................................................................. 24h 2
- 15h - 9 = 3(8h2 - 5h - 3)
..............................................................................................................
2 2
2f..............................................................................................................
= 2f × f 8h = 8h × h or 4h × 2h
..............................................................................................................
-15 = 1 × (-15) or (-1) × 15
.............................................................................................................. -3 = 1 × (-3) or (-1) × 3
..............................................................................................................
= 3 × (-5) or (-3) × 5
.............................................................................................................. × h -1
..............................................................................................................
2
× f 3
.............................................................................................................. 8h 8h -8h
..............................................................................................................
2f 2f 2
6f
..............................................................................................................
3 3h -3
..............................................................................................................
-5 -5f -15 3h + (-8h) = -5h
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
(-5f) + 6f = f Therefore, 24h2 - 15h - 9 = 3(8h + 3)(h - 1).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, 8f 2 + 4f - 60 = 4(2f - 5)(f + 3).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
5n(7m - 6)(m + 1).
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

27
Advanced Level
4. A rectangle has an area of x2 + 8x + 12 cm2. If this rectangle is x + 6 cm long,
then show the solution that it is x + 2 cm wide.
2
= x×x
x...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 = 1 × 12 or (-1) × (-12)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2 × 6 or (-2) × (-6)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 3 × 4 or (-3) × (-4)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
× x 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x x 2 6x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2x 12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2x + 6x = 8x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have x2 + 8x + 12 = (x + 2)(x + 6).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the area of this rectangle is x2 + 8x + 12 cm2 and its length is x + 6 cm,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the width of this rectangle is x + 2 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Factorize the following polynomials by using a multiplication table.

1) 4 p2 + p - 1 2) 0.6r - 0.8qr - 12.8q2r
9
4..............................................................................................................
2 1 2 - 0.8qr - 12.8q2r
9 p2 + p - 1 = 9 (4p + 9p - 9) 0.6r
..............................................................................................................
4p = 4p × p or 2p × 2p
.............................................................................................................. -0.2r(64q2 + 4q - 3)
=..............................................................................................................
2 = 64q × q or 32q × 2q
-9 = 1 × (-9) or (-1) × 9
.............................................................................................................. 64q
..............................................................................................................
= 3 × (-3) or (-3) × 3
.............................................................................................................. or 16q × 4q or 8q × 8q
..............................................................................................................

× p 3
.............................................................................................................. -3 = 1 × (-3) or (-1) × 3
..............................................................................................................
2
4p 4p 12p
.............................................................................................................. × 4q 1
..............................................................................................................
-3 -3p -9
.............................................................................................................. 16q 64q 2 16q
..............................................................................................................
(-3p) + 12p = 9p -3 -12q -3
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, 4 p2 + p - 1 (-12q) + 16q = 4q
..............................................................................................................
9 ..............................................................................................................
1 (4p - 3)(p + 3).
=.............................................................................................................. Therefore, 0.6r - 0.8qr - 12.8q2r
..............................................................................................................
9
.............................................................................................................. =..............................................................................................................
-0.2r(16q - 3)(4q + 1).

28
1.3 Factorization of Quadratic Polynomials by
Using Identities of Quadratic Polynomials
On this topic, we will learn about the factorization of quadratic polynomials in the
form of algebraic identities. The following activities will introduce us to algebraic identities:

Class Discussion
Complete the following.
1. (a + b)2 = (a + b)(a + b)
= a(a + b) + b(a + b)
= a2 + ab + ab + b2
a2 + 2ab + b2
= ................................................
K
2. (a - b)2 = (a - b)(a - b) E
Y
= a(a - b) - b(a - b)
a2 - ab - ab + b2
= ................................................
a2 - 2ab + b2
= ................................................
3. (a + b)(a - b) = a(a - b) + b(a - b)
a2 - ab + ab - b2
= ................................................
a2 - b2
= ................................................
4. Justify your answers in 1.-3. with the class.

From Class Discussion, we can conclude as follows:

(a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2
(a - b)2 = a2 - 2ab + b2
(a + b)(a - b) = a2 - b2

29
We call polynomials in the forms a2 + 2ab + b2 and a2 - 2ab + b2 the quadratic
polynomials that are perfect squares, and we call polynomials in the form a2 - b2 the
quadratic polynomials that are the difference of squares. The two mentioned above are
some of the quadratic polynomial identities.
We have learned that factorization is the opposite method to the polynomial distribution.
If we factorize the perfect square quadratic polynomials and the difference of squares
quadratic polynomials, we have:

a2 + 2ab + b2 = (a + b)2
a2 - 2ab + b2 = (a - b)2
a2 - b2 = (a + b)(a - b)

According to this, if we can rearrange the given polynomials into the same form as
K polynomials on the left hand side of the equation, we are able to use the identities of
E
Y quadratic polynomials for factorization.
Worked Example 6
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) x2 + 18x + 81 2) 9x2 + 24x + 16
Solution: Recall

1) x2+ 18x + 81 02 = 0
= x2 + 2(x)(9) + 92 12 = 1
22 = 4
= (x + 9)2 (From a2 + 2ab + b2 = (a + b)2 32 = 9
where a = x and b = 9) 42 = 16
52 = 25
2) 9x2 + 24x + 16
⋮
= (3x)2 + 2(3x)(4) + 42 We call 0, 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, … the
= (3x + 4)2 (From a2 + 2ab + b2 = (a + b)2 numbers that are perfect squares.
where a = 3x and b = 4)

30
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1C Questions 1, 5, 9
1. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) x2 + 12x + 36
x2 + 2(x)(6) + 62
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(x + 6)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 4x2 + 20x + 25
(2x)2 + 2(2x)(5) + 52
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2x + 5)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Factorize 44x2 + 2x + 14 .
2
x2 + 2x + 14 = (2x)2 + 2(2x)(12) + (12)
4...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (2x + 12)
2 K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 7
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 49 - 84x + 36x2 2) 9x2 - 30xy + 25y2
Solution:
1) 49 - 84x + 36x2
= 72 - 2(7)(6x) + (6x)2
= (7 - 6x)2 (From a2 - 2ab + b2 = (a - b)2 where a = 7 and b = 6x)
2) 9x2 - 30xy + 25y2
= (3x)2 - 2(3x)(5y) + (5y)2
= (3x - 5y)2 (From a2 - 2ab + b2 = (a - b)2 where a = 3x and b = 5y)

31
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1C Questions 2, 6
1. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 4 - 36x + 81x2
22 - 2(2)(9x) + (9x)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2 - 9x)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 25x2 - 10xy + y2
(5x)2 - 2(5x)(y) + y2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5x - y)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

36x2 - 4xy + 19 y2.

2. Factorize 36
2
36 x2 - 4xy + 19 y2 = (6x)2 - 2(6x)(13 y) + (13 y)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K 2
E = (6x - 13 y)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 8
Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 4x2 - 25y2 2) 8x2 - 18y2
Solution:
1) 4x2 - 25y2
= (2x)2 - (5y)2
= (2x + 5y)(2x - 5y) (From a2 - b2 = (a + b)(a - b) where a = 2x and b = 5y)
2) 8x2 - 18y2
= 2[4x2 - 9y2]
= 2[(2x)2 - (3y)2]
= 2(2x + 3y)(2x - 3y) (From a2 - b2 = (a + b)(a - b) where a = 2x and b = 3y)

32
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1C Questions 3, 7, 8, 10
1. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 36x2 - 121y2
(6x)2 - (11y)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(6x + 11y)(6x - 11y)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) -4x2 + 81
81 - 4x2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
92 - (2x)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(9 + 2x)(9 - 2x)
2. Factorize 44x2 - 259 y2.
x2 - 25 9 y2 = (2x)2 - (3 y)2
4...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 K
= (2x + 5 y)(2x - 35 y) 3
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Factorize 4(x + 1)2 - 49.

x + 1)2 - 49 = [2(x + 1)]2 - 72
4(...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= [2(x + 1) + 7][2(x + 1) - 7]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= (2x + 9)(2x - 5)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 9
Find the value of 1032 - 9.
Solution:
1032 - 9 = 1032 - 32
= (103 + 3)(103 - 3) (From a2 - b2 = (a + b)(a - b) where a = 103 and b = 3)
= 106 × 100
= 10,600

33
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1C Question 4
2 2
Find the value of 256 - 156 .
2562 - 1562 = (256 + 156)(256 - 156)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 412 × 100
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 41,200
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 1C
Basic Level
1. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) a2 + 14a + 49
a2 + 2(a)(7) + 72
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K (a + 7)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 4b2 + 4b + 1
(2b)2 + 2(2b)(1) + 12
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2b + 1)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) c2 + 2cd + d2
(c + d)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) 4h2 + 20hk + 25k2

(2h)2 + 2(2h)(5k) + (5k)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2h + 5k)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

34
2. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) m2 - 10m + 25
m2 - 2(m)(5) + 52
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(m - 5)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 169n2 - 52n + 4
(13n)2 - 2(13n)(2) + 22
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(13n - 2)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) 81 - 180p + 100p2
92 - 2(9)(10p) + (10p)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(9 - 10p)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
4) 49q2 - 42qr + 9r2 Y
(7q)2 - 2(7q)(3r) + (3r)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(7q - 3r)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Factorize the following polynomials.

1) s2 - 144
s2 - 122
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(s + 12)(s - 12)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 36t 2 - 25
(6t)2 - 52
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(6t + 5)(6t - 5)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

35
3) 225 - 49u2
152 - (7u)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(15 + 7u)(15 - 7u)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) 49w2 - 81x2
(7w)2 - (9x)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(7w + 9x)(7w - 9x)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Find the values of the following.

1) 592 - 412
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(59 + 41)(59 - 41)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
100 × 18
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1,800
K 2) (7.7)2 - (2.3)2
E
Y =...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(7.7 + 2.3)(7.7 - 2.3)
10 × 5.4
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
54

Intermediate Level
5. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 3a2 + 12a + 12
3(a2 + 4a + 4)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3[a2 + 2(a)(2) + 22]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3(a + 2)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2) 25b2 + 5bc + 14 c2
2
(5b)2 + 2(5b)(12 c) + (12 c)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
(5b + 12 c)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

36
3) 16 d 2 8
+ df
49 2 35 25 + 1 f2
2
(47 d) + 2 (47 d)(15 f) + (15 f)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
(47 d + 15 f)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) h4 + 2h2k + k2
(h2)2 + 2(h2)(k) + k2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(h2 + k)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Factorize the following polynomials.

1) 36m2 - 48mn + 16n2
4(9m2 - 12mn + 4n2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4[(3m)2 - 2(3m)(2n) + (2n)2]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4(3m - 2n)2
=................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
Y
2) 13 p2 - 23 pq + 13 q 2
1 (p2 - 2pq + q 2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
1 [p2 - 2(p)(q) + q 2]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
1 (p - q)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
3) 16r 2 - rs + 641 s2
2
(4r)2 - 2(4r)(18 s) + (18 s)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
(4r - 18 s)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) 25 - 10tu + t 2u2
52 - 2(5)(tu) + (tu)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5 - tu)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

37
7. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 32a2 - 98b2
2(16a2 - 49b2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2[(4a)2 - (7b)2]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2(4a + 7b)(4a - 7b)
2) c2 - 14 d 2
2
c2 - (12 d)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(c + 12 d)(c - 12 d)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

9h2 - 16k2
3) 100
3h 2 (10) - (4k)
2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3h + 4k)(3h - 4k)
(10
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
K ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y 4) m2 - 64n4
m2 - (8n2)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(m + 8n2)(m - 8n2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. Factorize the following polynomials.

1) c2 - (d + 2)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[c + (d + 2)][c - (d + 2)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(c + d + 2)(c - d - 2)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) (2h - 1)2 - 4k2

(2h - 1)2 - (2k)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2h - 1 + 2k)(2h - 1 - 2k)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

38
3) 25m2 - (n - 1)2
(5m)2 - (n - 1)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[5m + (n - 1)][5m - (n - 1)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5m + n - 1)(5m - n + 1)
4) (p + 1)2 - (p - 1)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[(p + 1) + (p - 1)][(p + 1) - (p - 1)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2p)(2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4p
9. The surface area of each face of a cube is x2 + 4x + 4 cm2. Find the following:
1) The length of each face of the cube
Let  be the length of each face of the cube.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 = x2 + 4x + 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= x2 + 2(x)(2) + 22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
= (x + 2)2
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
= (x + 2)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
( > 0)
= x+2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, each face of the cube is x + 2 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The volume of the cube

Volume of cube = 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (2)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (x + 2)(x2 + 4x + 4)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= x(x2 + 4x + 4) + 2(x2 + 4x + 4)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= x3 + 4x2 + 4x + 2x2 + 8x + 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= x3 + 4x2 + 2x2 + 4x + 8x + 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= x3 + 6x2 + 12x + 8 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the cube is x3 + 6x2 + 12x + 8 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

39
Advanced Level
10. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 4(x - 1)2 - 81(x + 1)2
[2(x - 1)]2 - [9(x + 1)]2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2(x - 1) + 9(x + 1)][2(x - 1) - 9(x + 1)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2x - 2 + 9x + 9)(2x - 2 - 9x - 9)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(11x + 7)(-7x - 11)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-(11x + 7)(7x + 11)
2) 16x2 + 8x + 1 - 9y2
[(4x)2 + 2(4x)(1) + 12] - (3y)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(4x + 1)2 - (3y)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(4x + 1 + 3y)(4x + 1 - 3y)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
3) 4x2 - y2 + 4y - 4
4x2 - (y2 - 4y + 4)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2x)2 - [y2 - 2(y)(2) + 22]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2x)2 - (y - 2)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2x + (y - 2)][2x - (y - 2)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2x + y - 2)(2x - y + 2)
4) 13x2 + 26xy + 13y2 - 13
13(x2 + 2xy + y2 - 1)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13[(x2 + 2(x)(y) + y2) - 12]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13[(x + y)2 - 12]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13(x + y + 1)(x + y - 1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

40
Summary
1. Factorization of polynomials by using distributive property
Factorization is to write factors of at least two polynomials in multiplication form.
This method is the opposite method to the polynomial distribution.
Distributed
3(2x - 4) 6x - 12
Factorized
1) Factorization of polynomials in the form ax + by
In order to factorize any polynomial, we have to determine common factors of
each term in the polynomial, which can be a number or variable.
Example: 4ay - 24az = 4a(y) - 4a(6z)
= 4a(y - 6z)
2) Factorization of polynomials in the form ax + bx + kay + kby K
ax + bx + kay + kby = x(a + b) + ky(a + b) E
Y
= (a + b)(x + ky)
Example: ax - bx + 2ay - 2by
= (ax - bx) + (2ay - 2by) (Group the terms that have common factors
together.)
= x(a - b) + 2y(a - b) (Factorize each group.)
= (a - b)(x + 2y) (Factorize the two groups.)
2. Factorization of quadratic polynomials in one variable
Factorization of quadratic polynomials by using a multiplication table
Example: Factorize x2 + 8x + 12 by using a multiplication table.
× × x 6 × x 6
x2 x x2 x x2 6x
12 2 12 2 2x 12
2x + 6x = 8x
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

41
Step 1: Create a multiplication table and write x2 in the upper left corner and 12 in
the lower right corner.
Step 2: Determine factors of x2 and 12 and write the obtained factors in the first
row and first place value of the multiplication table as shown, in which
x2 = x × x and 12 = 2 × 6.
Step 3: Multiply to complete the table and check the product whether it corresponds
to the given polynomial or not. If not, redetermine the factors of x2 and 12
in Step 2.
Therefore, x2 + 8x + 12 = (x + 2)(x + 6)
3. Factorization of quadratic polynomials by using identities of quadratic
polynomials
We call polynomials in the forms a2 + 2ab + b2 and a2 - 2ab + b2 the quadratic
polynomials that are perfect squares, and we call polynomials in the form a2 - b2 the
quadratic polynomials that are the difference of perfect squares, which are some of the
K quadratic polynomial identities.
E
Y When we factorize the perfect square quadratic polynomials and the difference of
squares quadratic polynomials, we have:
a2 + 2ab + b2 = (a + b)2
a2 - 2ab + b2 = (a - b)2
a2 - b2 = (a + b)(a - b)
According to this, if we can rearrange the given polynomials into the same form as
polynomials on the left hand side of the equation, we are able to use the identities of
quadratic polynomials for factorization.
Example: x2 + 18x + 81 = x2 + 2(x)(9) + 92
= (x + 9)2
9x2 - 30xy + 25y2 = (3x)2 - 2(3x)(5y) + (5y)2
= (3x - 5y)2
4x2 - 25y2 = (2x)2 - (5y)2
= (2x + 5y)(2x - 5y)
42
Review Exercise 1
1. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 21pq + 14q - 28qr 2) 4x - 8(y - 2z)
=..............................................................................................................
7q(3p + 2 - 4r) = 4[ - 2(y - 2z)]
x
...........................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. = 4(x - 2y + 4z)

...........................................................................................................

3) -14xy - 21y2 4) 9xy2 - 36x2y

=..............................................................................................................
-7y(2x + 3y) = 9 y(y - 4 )
x x
...........................................................................................................

5) (2x - 3y)(a + b) + (x - y)(b + a) 6) 5(x - 2y) - (x - 2y)2 K

E
=..............................................................................................................
(2x - 3y)(a + b) + (x - y)(a + b) = ( - 2y)[5 - ( - 2y)]
x x
........................................................................................................... Y
=..............................................................................................................
(a + b)(2x - 3y + x - y) = (x - 2y)(5 - x + 2y)
...........................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
(a + b)(3x - 4y) ...........................................................................................................

7) x2 + 3xy + 2x + 6y 8) 3x3 - 2x2 + 3x - 2

=..............................................................................................................
x(x + 3y) + 2(x + 3y) = 2(3 - 2) + (3 - 2)
x x x
...........................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
(x + 3y)(x + 2) = (3x - 2)(x2 + 1)
...........................................................................................................

9) 4cx - 6cy - 8dx + 12dy 10) 5xy - 10x - 12y + 6y2

=..............................................................................................................
2(2cx - 3cy - 4dx + 6dy) = 5 (y - 2) + 6y(-2 + y)
x
...........................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
2[c(2x - 3y) - 2d(2x - 3y)] = 5x(y - 2) + 6y(y - 2)
...........................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
2(2x - 3y)(c - 2d) = (y - 2)(5x + 6y)
...........................................................................................................

43
2. Factorize the following polynomials by using a multiplication table.
1) a2 + 13a + 36
2
a...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= a×a
36 = 1 × 36 or (-1) × (-36)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 2 × 18 or (-2) × (-18)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 3 × 12 or (-3) × (-12)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 4 × 9 or (-4) × (-9)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 6 × 6 or (-6) × (-6)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, a2 + 13a + 36 = (a + 4)(a + 9).

= 2 × 28 or (-2) × (-28)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 4 × 14 or (-4) × (-14)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 7 × 8 or (-7) × (-8)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, b2 - 15b + 56 = (b - 7)(b - 8).

44
3) c2 + 14c - 51
2
c...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= c×c
-51 = 1 × (-51) or (-1) × 51
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 3 × (-17) or (-3) × 17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, c2 + 14c - 51 = (c - 3)(c + 17).

-45 = 1 × (-45) or (-1) × 45

= 3 × (-15) or (-3) × 15
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 5 × (-9) or (-5) × 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, d 2 - 12d - 45 = (d + 3)(d - 15).

45
5) 9f 2 + 18f - 16
2
9f...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 9f × f or 3f × 3f
-16 = 1 × (-16) or (-1) × 16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 2 × (-8) or (-2) × 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 4 × (-4) or (-4) × 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

-14 = 1 × (-14) or (-1) × 14

= 2 × (-7) or (-2) × 7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 3h2 - 19h - 14 = (3h + 2)(h - 7).

46
7) 14k2 + 49k + 21
2
14k + 49k + 21 = 7(2k2 + 7k + 3)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
2k = 2k × k
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1 × 3 or (-1) × (-3)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
× k 3
2
2k 2k 6k
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 k 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
k + 6k = 7k
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 14k2 + 49k + 21 = 7(2k + 1)(k + 3).

6...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1 × 6 or (-1) × (-6)
= 2 × 3 or (-2) × (-3)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 18m2 - 39m + 18 = 3(3m - 2)(2m - 3).

47
3. Factorize 3x2 - 112 x - 5.
x2 - 11 2 x - 5 = 2 (6x - 11x - 10)
1 2
3...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x2 = 6x × x or 3x × 2x
6...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-10 = 1 × (-10) or (-1) × 10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 2 × (-5) or (-2) × 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 3x2 - 112 x - 5 = 12 (3x + 2)(2x - 5).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E
Y 4. Factorize the following polynomials.
1) 1 - 121x2
12 - (11x)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(1 + 11x)(1 - 11x)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) x2 + 6xy + 9y2
x2 + 2(x)(3y) + (3y)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(x + 3y)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) 25x2 - 100xy + 100y2

25(x2 - 4xy + 4y2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25[x2 - 2(x)(2y) + (2y)2]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25(x - 2y)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

48
4) 36y2 - 49(x + 1)2
(6y)2 - [7(x + 1)]2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[6y + 7(x + 1)][6y - 7(x + 1)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(6y + 7x + 7)(6y - 7x - 7)
5. Factorize x3 + x2 - 4x - 4.
3
+ x2 - 4x - 4 = x2(x + 1) - 4(x + 1)
x...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= ( + 1)( 2 - 4)
x x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= (x + 1)(x2 - 22)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= (x + 1)(x + 2)(x - 2)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Find the values of the following.

1) 8992
(900 - 1)2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9002 - 2(900) + 12
=................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
810,000 - 1,800 + 1 = 808,201 Y

2) 6592 - 3412
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(659 + 341)(659 - 341)
1,000 × 318
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
318,000
7. If 2(x - y)2 = 116 and xy = 24, then find the value of x 2 + y 2.
2( - y)2 = 116
x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(x - y)2 = 58
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x2 - 2xy + y2 = 58
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since xy = 24,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have x2 - 2(24) + y2 = 58
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x2 - 48 + y2 = 58
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x2 + y2 = 106.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

49
Challenge Yourself
1. Find the value of an integer n that makes n2 - 18n + 45 a prime number.
2
n..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= n×n
45 = 1 × 45 or (-1) × (-45)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 3 × 15 or (-3) × (-15)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 5 × 9 or (-5) × (-9)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

n -15
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
×
2
n n -15n
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-3 -3n 45
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(-3n) + (-15n) = -18n
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, n2 - 18n + 45 = (n - 3)(n - 15) or (3 - n)(15 - n).

Since n2 - 18n + 45 is a prime number,

we have n - 3 = 1 or n - 15 = 1 or 3 - n = 1 or 15 - n = 1.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

That is, n = 4 or n = 16 or n = 2 or n = 14.

Determine n = 4.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have 42 - 18(4) + 45 = -11.

Determine n = 16.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have 162 - 18(16) + 45 = 13.

Determine n = 2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have 22 - 18(2) + 45 = 13.

Determine n = 14.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have 142 - 18(14) + 45 = -11.

Therefore, n = 2 or 16.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

50
2. If (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 is true for some real numbers a and b, then find the value
of ab .
(a + b)2 = a2 + b2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 + 2ab + b2 = a2 + b2
a..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2ab = 0
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ab = 0
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, ab = 0.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. If h2 + k2 - m2 - n2 = 15 and (h2 + k2)2 + (m2 + n2)2 = 240.5, then find the value
of h2 + k2 + m2 + n2.
Let a = h2 + k2 and b = m2 + n2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

h2 + k2 - m2 - n2 = 15
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

h2 + k2 - (m2 + n2) = 15
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a - b = 15
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
2 + k2)2 + (m2 + n2)2
(h..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 240.5 E
Y
a2 + b2 = 240.5
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(a - b)2 = a2 - 2ab + b2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= a2 + b2 - 2ab
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

152 = 240.5 - 2ab

2ab = 240.5 - 225

= 15.5
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= a2 + b2 + 2ab
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 240.5 + 15.5
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 256
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, h2 + k2 + m2 + n2 = a + b
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 256 (h2 + k2 + m2 + n2 > 0)

= 16.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

51
K
E
Y

52
Chapter 2
Pythagoras’
Theorem
Egyptians in the past used a piece of rope tied into
knots to create a right triangle for building constructions,
e.g. pyramids. To measure the base of a pyramid before
actually building it, a piece of rope would be divided into
12 equal parts with 12 knots. There would be three people K
stretching the knotted rope tightly at three different spots E
Y
to make up a right triangle. These people were called
rope-binding men.

Indicator
• Understand and apply Pythagoras’ theorem to solve
mathematical and real-world problems. (MA 2.2 G. 8/5)
Compulsory Details
• Pythagoras’ theorem and its converse
• Real-life applications of Pythagoras’ theorem and its converse

53
2.1 Pythagoras’ Theorem
Let ∆ ABC be a right triangle, where ∠ACB = 90 ํ.
A
ATTENTION

c The side opposite to ∠A is a.

b The side opposite to ∠B is b.
The side opposite to ∠C is c.
C a B
We have learned that the longest side of a triangle is the side opposite to the largest
interior angle. For a right triangle, the right angle is the largest angle. When determining
∆ ABC, we can see that AB is the side opposite to ∠C, which is the longest side, and
we call AB the hypotenuse of ∆ ABC.
K
E
Y
Practice Now
Find the hypotenuses of the following right triangles.
1) A 2) 3) P
D F

E Q
B C R
AB is the hypotenuse of
................................................................. DE is the hypotenuse of
................................................................. PQ is the hypotenuse of
.................................................................
∆ ABC.
................................................................. ∆ DEF.
................................................................. ∆ PQR.
.................................................................

................................................................. ................................................................. .................................................................

In this chapter, we will learn about the relationship between the sides of a right
triangle that can be applied to real-word contexts.

54
Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions
Part 1:
Use a piece of rope to find the relationship between the sides of a right triangle
by cutting the rope into three parts of 12 cm, 24 cm and 30 cm long as shown in the
figures. Then, determine which side is the hypotenuse of each triangle.
A

A
K
E
Y

C 3 cm B C 6 cm B C 5 cm B
(a) (b) (c)
The hypotenuse is AB.
................................................................. The hypotenuse is AB.
................................................................. The hypotenuse is AB.
.................................................................

................................................................. ................................................................. .................................................................

1. Use a 12-cm piece of rope to form a right triangle of equal size to the right triangle (a).
Measure the length of AC and AB and complete the following table.
BC AC AB BC 2 AC 2 AB 2 BC 2 + AC 2
(a) 3 cm 4 cm 5 cm 9 cm2 16 cm2 25 cm2 25 cm2
(b) 6 cm 8 cm 10 cm 36 cm2 64 cm2 100 cm2 100 cm2
(c) 5 cm 12 cm 13 cm 25 cm2 144 cm2 169 cm2 169 cm2

55
2. Use a 24-cm piece of rope to form a right triangle of equal size to the right triangle (b).
Measure the lengths of AC and AB and complete the table in 1.
3. Use a 30-cm piece of rope to form a right triangle of equal size to the right triangle (c).
Measure the lengths of AC and AB and complete the table in 1.
4. From the table in 1., how are AB 2 and BC 2 + AC 2 related to each other?
AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Part 2:
Use the Geometer’s Sketchpad to find the relationship
between the sides of a right triangle by entering the website
https://www.shinglee.com.sg/StudentResources/. Then, click
NSM2/ Pythagoras’ Theorem.
K
E
Y

1. According to the Geometer’s Sketchpad, which side is the hypotenuse of a right

triangle ABC?
The hypotenuse of the right triangle ABC is AB.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

56
2. According to the Geometer’s Sketchpad, construct 6 different right triangles by sliding
points A, B and C. Then, complete the following table. (Sample answers)

BC AC AB BC 2 AC 2 AB 2 BC 2 + AC 2
(a) 3.93 cm 5.74 cm 6.96 cm 15.47 cm2 32.97 cm2 48.44 cm2 48.44 cm2
(b) 4.78 cm 4.97 cm 6.90 cm 22.86 cm2 24.74 cm2 47.60 cm2 47.60 cm2
(c) 2.98 cm 6.52 cm 7.17 cm 8.87 cm2 42.50 cm2 51.37 cm2 51.37 cm2
(d) 1.42 cm 3.12 cm 3.43 cm 2.03 cm2 9.75 cm2 11.78 cm2 11.78 cm2
(e) 6.86 cm 2.65 cm 7.35 cm 47.03 cm2 7.00 cm2 54.03 cm2 54.03 cm2
(f) 1.70 cm 7.04 cm 7.24 cm 2.90 cm2 49.53 cm2 52.43 cm2 52.43 cm2
Note: These answers are calculated by the Geometer’s Sketchpad, which can be different from those that are
obtained by a calculator due to rounding 2off decimals.2 2
3. From the table in 2., how are AB and BC + AC related to each other? K
E
AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Y
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From Investigation, we can conclude that for any right triangle, the square of its
hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the square of its other two sides. This relation is
called Pythagoras’ theorem.
Theorem Let ∆ ABC be a right triangle, A
where ∠ACB is the right angle.
We have AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2, b c
or c 2 = a 2 + b 2.
C a B

57
INFORMATION
Since there are more than 300 methods to prove
In mathematics, a theorem is the
Pythagoras’ theorem, we will use only the following statement that has been proved
method. to be true.
Take a look at these 8 blue right triangles of equal size.
b a a b

c b b b b
a c
c b
a
c c a a c a a
b
a b b a
(a) (b)
According to figures (a) and (b), they are the squares of side a + b units. If we
remove the blue triangles from figures (a) and (b), then both figures (a) and (b) are of
K equal area.
E b
Y
c b b
c
b
a
c a a
c
a
(a) (b)
Since the sum of the areas of the four blue INTERNET RESOURCES

right triangles in Figure (a) and those in Figure (b) Search on the Internet to find
are equal to each other, the area of Square (a) is programs for proving Pythagoras’
theorem.
equal to that of Square (b). Therefore, c2 = a2 + b2.

58
Worked Example 1 A
ABC is a triangle with AC of length 5 cm and BC
of length 12 cm, where ∠ACB = 90 ํ. Find the 5 cm
length of AB.
Solution: B 12 cm C
∆ ABC has ∠ACB = 90 ํ. ATTENTION

According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have: Pythagoras’ theorem can be only

2
AB = BC + AC2 2 applied to right triangles.
= 122 + 52
= 144 + 25
= 169
AB = 169, - 169
= 13, -13
Since AB is the side length of the triangle, AB is a positive number.
Therefore, AB is 13 cm long. K
E
Similar Questions Y
Practice Now Exercise 2A Questions 1(1), 2
1. C 8 cm B ABC is a triangle with AC of length 6 cm and BC
of length 8 cm, where ∠ACB = 90 ํ. Find the length
6 cm of AB.
A
∆ ABC has ACB = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 82 + 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 64 + 36
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AB = 100, - 100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 10, -10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AB is the side length of the triangle, AB is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, AB is 10 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

59
2. ABC is a triangle with AC of length 24 cm and BC of length 7 cm, where ∠ACB = 90 .ํ
Find the length of AB.
∆ ABC has ACB = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 72 + 242
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 49 + 576
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 625
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AB = 625, - 625
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 25, -25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AB is the side length of the triangle, AB is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, AB is 25 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 2 20 m P
K
E In ∆ PQR, PQ = 20 m, QR = 16 m and Q
Y ∠PRQ = 90 ํ. Find the length of PR.
16 m
Solution:
∆ PQR has ∠PRQ = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have: R
PQ 2 = QR 2 + PR 2
202 = 162 + PR 2
PR 2 = 202 - 162
= 400 - 256
= 144
PR = 144, - 144
= 12, -12
Since PR is the side length of the triangle, PR is a positive number.
Therefore, PR is 12 m long.

60
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2A Questions 1(2)-(3), 3
1. In ∆ PQR, PQ = 15 m, QR = 12 m and R
∠PRQ = 90 ํ. Find the length of PR. 12 m
P
15 m Q
∆ PQR has PRQ = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PQ 2 = QR 2 + PR 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
152 = 122 + PR 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PR 2 = 152 - 122
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 225 - 144
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 81
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PR = 81, - 81
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 9, -9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since PR is the side length of the triangle, PR is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, PR is 9 m long. K
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y

2. In ∆ PQR, PQ = 35 m, PR = 28 m and ∠PRQ = 90 ํ. Find the length of QR.

∆ PQR has PRQ = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PQ 2 = QR 2 + PR 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
352 = QR 2 + 282
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QR 2 = 352 - 282
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,225 - 784
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 441
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QR = 441, - 441
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 21, -21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since QR is the side length of the triangle, QR is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, QR is 21 m long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

61
Worked Example 3
∆ ABC is a triangle with ∠ACB = 90 ํ. If Point P is A
on BC and it makes BP, PC and AP 21 cm, 15 cm
and 25 cm long, respectively, then find the following: 25 cm
1) The length of AC
2) The length of AB B P C
21 cm 15 cm
Solution:
1) ∆ APC has ∠ACP = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
AP 2 = PC 2 + AC 2
252 = 152 + AC 2
AC 2 = 252 - 152
= 625 - 225
= 400
AC = 400, - 400
K
E = 20, -20
Y
Since AC is the side length of the triangle, AC is a positive number.
Therefore, the length of AC is 20 cm.
2) ∆ ABC has ∠ACB = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2
= (21 + 15)2 + 202
= 362 + 202
= 1,296 + 400
= 1,696
AB = 1,696, - 1,696
≈ 41.2, -41.2

Since AB is the side length of the triangle, AB is a positive number.

Therefore, the length of AB is approximately 41.2 cm.

62
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2A Questions 4-8
1. ∆ ABCis a triangle with AB of length 3 cm, A
where ∠ABC = 90 ํ. If Point Q is on BC and it 3 cm
5 cm
makes the length of BQ equal to QC and AQ B C
5 cm long, then find the following: Q
1) The length of BQ
∆ ABQ has ABQ = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AQ 2 = BQ 2 + AB 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
52 = BQ 2 + 32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BQ 2 = 52 - 32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 25 - 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BQ = 16, - 16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 4, -4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since BQ is the side length of the triangle, BQ is a positive number. K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Therefore, the length of BQ is 4 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The length of AC
∆ ABC has ABC = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AC 2 = BC 2 + AB 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (4 + 4)2 + 32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 82 + 32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 64 + 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 73
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AC = 73, - 73
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 8.54
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AC is the side length of the triangle, AC is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of AC is approximately 8.54 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

63
2. In ∆ GHI, GH = 61 cm, GI = 11 cm and ∠GIH = 90 ํ. If Point R is on IH and it
makes RH 21 cm long, then find the following:
R 21 cm H
I

11 cm
61 cm
G
1) The length of HI
∆ GH has G H = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
I ∠ I
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GH 2 = HI 2 + GI 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
61 2 = HI 2 + 112
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HI 2 = 612 - 112
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 3,721 - 121
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 3,600
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HI = 3,600, - 3,600
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K = 60, -60
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y Since HI is the side length of the triangle, HI is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of HI is 60 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The length of GR
∆ GR has G R = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
I ∠ I
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GR 2 = RI 2 + GI 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (60 - 21)2 + 112
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 392 + 112
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,521 + 121
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,642
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GR = 1,642, - 1,642
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 40.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since GR is the side length of the triangle, GR is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of GR is approximately 40.5 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

64
3. ∆ PQR is a triangle with PQ of length 33 cm where ∠PRQ = 90 ํ. If Point H is on
PR making PH 6 cm long, and Point K is on QR making KR and HK 13 cm and
19 cm long, respectively, then find the following:
P
6 cm
H
33 cm
19 cm

Q K R
13 cm
1) The length of HR
∆ HKR has HRK = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HK 2 = KR 2 + HR 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
192 = 132 + HR 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HR 2 = 192 - 132
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 361 - 169
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 192 K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
HR = 192, - 192
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
≈ 13.86, -13.86
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since HR is the side length of the triangle, HR is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of HR is approximately 13.86 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The length of QK
∆ PQR has PRQ = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PQ 2 = QR 2 + PR 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
332 ≈ (QK + 13)2 + (6 + 13.86)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (QK + 13)2 + (19.86)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(QK + 13)2 = 332 - (19.86)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,089 - 394.4196 ≈ 694.58
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QK + 13 = 694.58, - 694.58
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QK = -13 + 694.58, -13 - 694.58 ≈ 13.4, -39.4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since QK is the side length of the triangle, QK is a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of QK is approximately 13.4 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

65
Exercise 2A
Basic Level
1. Find the values of a, b and c in the following.
1) According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
a2 = 202 + 212
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
a .........................................................................................
= 400 + 441
....................................................................................................................................................
20 cm
.........................................................................................
= 841
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
a = 841 (a > 0)
....................................................................................................................................................
21 cm .........................................................................................
= 29
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is 29 cm.
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
2) According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................

K 15 cm 392 = b2 + 152
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
E b2 = 392 - 152
.........................................................................................
Y 39 cm ....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
= 1,521 - 225
....................................................................................................................................................
b .........................................................................................
= 1,296
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
b = 1,296 (b > 0)
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
= 36
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Therefore, the value of b is 36 cm.
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
3) According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
24.7 cm (24.7)2 = c2 + (14.5)2
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
c2 = (24.7)2 - (14.5)2
.........................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
c
.........................................................................................
= 610.09 - 210.25
....................................................................................................................................................
14.5 cm .........................................................................................
= 399.84
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
c = 399.84 (c > 0)
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
≈ 20
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Therefore, the value of c is approximately 20 cm.
....................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................

66
2. In ∆ ABC, AB = 8 cm, BC = 15 cm and ∠ABC = 90 ํ. Find the length of AC.
∆ ABC has ∠ABC = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 82 + 152
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 64 + 225
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 289
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
AC = 289 (AC > 0)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 17
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of AC is 17 cm.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
3. ∆ MNOis a triangle with NO of length 11 m and MO of length 14.2 m, where E
Y
∠MNO = 90 ํ. Find the length of MN.

∆ MNO has MNO = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:

∠
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MO 2 = MN 2 + NO 2
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(14.2)2 = MN 2 + 112
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MN 2 = (14.2)2 - 112
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 201.64 - 121
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 80.64
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
MN = 80.64 (MN > 0)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
≈ 8.98
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of MN is approximately 8.98 m.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

67
4. An isosceles triangle TUV has TU of T
9.6 m
length 9.6 m, TV of length 9.6 m and
UV of length 15.4 m. Find the value of U H V
TH where TH is the height of ∆ TUV. 15.4 m
Since Point H is the midpoint of UV, HU = 15.4 2 = 7.7 m.
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................
∆ THU has ∠THU = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
TU 2 = TH 2 + HU 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
(9.6)2 = TH 2 + (7.7)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
TH 2 = (9.6)2 - (7.7)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 92.16 - 59.29
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 32.87
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
TH = 32.87 (TH > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
≈ 5.73
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of TH is approximately 5.73 m.
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K .......................................................................................................................................
E Intermediate Level
Y
5. Find the value of a in the following figure.
B
a 34 cm

A D C
30 cm
BCD has ∠BDC = 90 ํ. According to ∆ ABD has ∠ADB = 90 ํ. According to
.......................................................................................................................................
∆..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................
Pythagoras’ theorem, we have: Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
342 = BD 2 + 302
....................................................................................................................................... AB 2 = AD 2 + BD 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
BD 2 = 342 - 302 a2 = 256 + 256
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 1,156 - 900 = 512
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
= 256 a = 512
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... ≈ 22.6
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is approximately 22.6 cm.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
68
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Find the values of a and b in the following figure.
C
5a
B b
D
22 cm 4a
27 cm
E
A 32 cm
Determine ∆ ADE.
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ ADE has ∠ADE = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
322 = 272 + (4a)2
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(4a)2 = 322 - 272
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16a2 = 1,024 - 729 = 295
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a2 = 295
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
a = 295 (a > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
.......................................................................................................................................
≈ 4.29
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
.......................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is approximately 4.29 cm. E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
.......................................................................................................................................
Determine ∆ ABD.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
∆ ABD has ∠ABD = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
272 = BD 2 + 222
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BD 2 = 272 - 222 = 729 - 484 = 245
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine ∆ BCD.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ BCD has ∠BDC = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5a)2 = b2 + BD 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25a 2 = b2 + 245
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 (295 16 )2 = b + 245
2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b = 25 (295 16 ) - 245 = 16
3,455
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

69
7. In ∆ WXY, WY = 24 m and ∠WYX = 90 ํ. If Point P is on WX making WP 18 m
long and PX 14 m long, YP is perpendicular to WX, and Point Q is on YX making
QX 9.8 m long, then find the following:
W
18 m
24 m P
14 m
Y Q X
9.8 m
1) The length of YQ
.......................................................................................................................................
∆ WXY has ∠WYX = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
WX 2 = XY 2 + WY 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
(18 + 14)2 = XY 2 + 242
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
XY 2 = 322 - 24 2 = 1,024 - 576 = 448
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K .......................................................................................................................................
XY = 448 (XY > 0)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E .......................................................................................................................................
Y ≈ 21.2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Since YQ = XY - QX,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
we have YQ ≈ 21.2 - 9.8 = 11.4 m.
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of YQ is approximately 11.4 m.
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) .......................................................................................................................................
The area of ∆ XPY.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
∆ XPY has ∠XPY = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
XY 2 = YP 2 + XP 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
448 = YP 2 + 142
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
YP 2 = 448 - 142 = 448 - 196 = 252
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
YP = 252 (YP > 0)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
≈ 15.9
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Since the area of ∆ XPY = 12 × XP × YP,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
we have the area of ∆ XPY ≈ 12 × 14 × 15.9 = 111.3 m2.
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the area of ∆ XPY is approximately 111.3 m2.
.......................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................
70
Advanced Level
8. Let ∠DGF = ∠EPF = 90 ํ, where DE is 31 m, EF is 23 m, DG is 32 m and PF is
13 m. Find the area of □ DEFG.
D
31 m
E
32 m
P 23 m
13 m
G F
∆ EPF has EPF = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
∠
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EF 2 = PF 2 + PE 2
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
232 = 132 + PE 2
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PE 2 = 232 - 132 = 529 - 169 = 360
.......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
PE = 360 (PE > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
≈ 18.97
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
∆ DPE has ∠DPE = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... K
DE 2 = PD 2 + PE 2
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
....................................................................................................................................... Y
312 = PD 2 + 360
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
PD 2 = 312 - 360
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
PD 2 = 961 - 360 = 601
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
PD = 601 (PD > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 24.52
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ DGF has ∠DGF = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DF 2 = FG 2 + DG 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(24.52 + 13)2 ≈ FG 2 + 322
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FG 2 = (24.52 + 13)2 - 322
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FG = (24.52 + 13)2 - 322 (FG > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 19.59
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the area of □ DEFG = Area of ∆ EPF + Area of ∆ DPE + Area of ∆ DGF,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have the area of □ DEFG ≈ (12 × 13 × 18.97) + (12 × 24.52 × 18.97) + (12 × 32 × 19.59)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
≈ 669.32 m .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the area of □ DEFG is approximately 669.32 m2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

71
2.2 Real-life Applications of
Pythagoras’ Theorem
Pythagoras’ theorem is used in many different fields, e.g. civil engineering, architecture
and navigation. On this topic, we will learn about how to apply Pythagoras’ theorem to
real-world contexts.

Worked Example 4
A construction worker climbed up a ladder as shown in the figure. The top end of the
ladder reached the wall at 2.4 m above the ground. If the bottom end of the ladder is
0.5 m far from the wall, how long is the ladder?

K
E
Y
2.4 m

Solution: 0.5 m
Let the length of the ladder be x m.
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
x 2 = 2.42 + 0.52
= 5.76 + 0.25
= 6.01
However, x is the side length of the triangle, which means it can be only a positive
number.
We have x = 6.01
≈ 2.45 m

Therefore, the ladder is approximately 2.45 m long.

72
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Questions 1-2, 4
1. A pole is stuck in the ground perpendicularly, and its height
is 24 m above the ground. The top of the pole is tied with 24 m
a cable wire, and the wire is pulled down to the ground
and left at 14 m far from the pole base as shown in the 14 m
figure. Find the length of the cable wire.
Let the length of the cable wire be x m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 2 = 242 + 142
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 576 + 196
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 772
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, x is the side length of the triangle, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have x = 772
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 27.8 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
Therefore, the length of the cable wire is approximately 27.8 m.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
2. A ladder of length 2.5 m is leaned against the wall, with its
bottom end 1.5 m far from the base of the wall. What is 2.5 m
the height of the wall where the top of the ladder reached?
1.5 m
Let the height of the wall where the ladder However, x is the height, which means it can
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
reached be x m. be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have: We have x = 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2.52 = x 2 + 1.52 = 2 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 2 = 2.52 - 1.52 Therefore, the height of the wall where the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 6.25 - 2.25 ladder reached is 2 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

73
Worked Example 5
B
The conveyor belt in a factory is placed on one
base of height 5 m at Point A and on another base A
C
of height 7 m at Point B as shown in the picture. 7m
The two bases are 4 m apart from each other. How 5 m
long is the conveyor belt?
4m
Solution:
When determining ∆ ABC, we have ∠ACB = 90 ํ
and BC = 7 - 5
= 2 m.
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2
= 22 + 42
K
= 4 + 16
E = 20
Y
However, AB is the length of the conveyor belt, which means it can be only a
positive number.
We have AB = 20
≈ 4.47 m.

Therefore, the conveyor belt is approximately 4.47 m long.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Questions 3, 5, 7
Nathan is standing 10 m far from a tree. The height measured from the ground to his
eye level is 1.8 m. If the distance from his eye level to the top of the tree is 14 m,
then how high is this tree?

14 m

1.8 m
10 m
74
Let the height of the tree be OT. T
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When determining ∆ TNM, we have ∠TNM = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TM 2 = MN 2 + TN 2 14 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
142 = 102 + TN 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TN 2 = 142 - 102
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N M
= 196 - 100 1.8 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
O X
= 96 10 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, TN is the tree height measured from Nathan’s eye level to the top of the tree,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have TN = 96 ≈ 9.8 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and OT ≈ 9.8 + 1.8 = 11.6 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the tree is approximately 11.6 m high.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 6 K
E
Let a rectangle ABCD be a schoolyard. Its width A B Y
is x m, its length is x + 7 m and its diagonal is
(x + 9) m xm
x + 9 m. Find the value of x.

Solution: D (x + 7) m C
When determining ∆ BCD, we have ∠BCD = 90 ํ.
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
BD 2 = CD 2 + BC 2
(x + 9)2 = (x + 7)2 + x 2
x 2 + 18x + 81 = x 2 + 14x + 49 + x 2
x 2 - 4x - 32 = 0
(x + 4)(x - 8) = 0
x = -4, 8
However, x is the side length of the rectangle, which means it can be only a positive
number.
Therefore, the value of x is 8 m.
75
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 6
Let a rectangle ABCD be a dining table. Its width is x cm, its length is 2x + 12 cm and
its diagonal is 2x + 18 cm. Find the value of x.
(2x + 12) cm
A B

x cm
(2x + 18) cm
D C
When determining ∆ ABD, we have ∠BAD = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BD 2 = DA 2 + BA 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2x + 18)2 = x 2 + (2x + 12)2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4x 2 + 72x + 324 = x 2 + 4x 2 + 48x + 144
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 2 - 24x - 180 = 0
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(x - 30)(x + 6) = 0
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E x = 30, -6
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
However, x is the side length of the rectangle, which means it can be only a positive number.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of x is 30 cm.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 7
Ship A took 3 hours sailing east from Port P to Port Q and another 2 hours sailing
south to Port R. Ship B took 2 hours sailing north from Port P to Port S and another
3 hours sailing east to Port T. If the average speed of Ship A is 12 km/h and that of
Ship B is 18 km/h, then find the following:
1) The shortest distance from Port Q to Port S
2) The shortest distance from Port R to Port T

76
Solution:
1) From Distance = Average speed × Time, 54 km
S X T
we have PQ = 12 × 3 = 36 km,
QR = 12 × 2 = 24 km,
PS = 18 × 2 = 36 km, 36 km
and ST = 18 × 3 = 54 km.
Q
When determining ∆ PQS, we have ∠QPS = 90 ํ. P 36 km
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have: 24 km
QS 2 = PQ 2 + PS 2
R
= 36 2 + 36 2
= 1,296 + 1,296 = 2,592
However, QS is the distance, which means it can be only a positive number.
We have QS = 2,592
≈ 50.9 km. K
E
Therefore, the shortest distance from Port Q to Port S is approximately 50.9 km. Y

2) At Point Q, draw QX perpendicularly to ST at Point X.

When determining ∆ RTX, we have ∠RXT = 90 ํ:
TX = 54 - 36 = 18 km
RX = 24 + 36 = 60 km
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
RT 2 = TX 2 + RX 2
= 182 + 602
= 324 + 3,600 = 3,924
However, RT is the distance, which means it can be only a positive number.
We have RT = 3,924
≈ 62.6 km.

Therefore, the shortest distance from Port R to Port T is approximately 62.6 km.

77
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 8
A ship took 1.2 hours sailing south from Port A to Port B and another 1.7 hours sailing
east to Jetty C. The ship sailed south for 18 km until it found Buoy D, and after that it
sailed west for 38 km until it reached Island E. If the average speed of this ship is 10
km/h, then find the following:
1) The shortest distance from Port A to Jetty C
From Distance = Average speed × Time,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A
we have AB = 10 × 1.2 = 12 km
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 km
BC = 10 × 1.7 = 17 km. B 17 km C
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When determining ∆ ABC, we have ∠ABC = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 km
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AC 2 = CB 2 + AB 2 E M D
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
38 km
= 172 + 122 = 289 + 144 = 433
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K However, AC is the distance, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y We have AC = 433 ≈ 20.8 km.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the shortest distance from Port A to Jetty C is approximately 20.8 km.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The shortest distance from Port A to Island E

At Point B, draw BM perpendicularly to DE at Point M.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When determining ∆ AEM, we have ∠AME = 90 ํ:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AM = 12 + 18 = 30 km
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EM = 38 - 17 = 21 km
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AE 2 = EM 2 + AM 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 212 + 302 = 441 + 900 = 1,341
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, AE is the distance, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have AE = 1,341 ≈ 36.6 km.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the shortest distance from Port A to Island E is approximately 36.6 km.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

78
Exercise 2B
Basic Level
1. A square field is of side 50 m. If we want to make a fence running diagonally through
the field, how long would the fence be in meters?
Let the length of the fence be x m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x2 = 502 + 502
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2,500 + 2,500
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5,000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, x is the length, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have x = 5,000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 70.7 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the fence would be approximately 70.7 m long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
2. Nyra bought a 30-in television screen of width 18 inches. What is the length of this
television screen in inches?
Hint We name the size of a television screen by its diagonal length.
Let the length of the screen be x inches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
302 = x 2 + 182
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 2 = 302 - 182
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 900 - 324
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 576
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, x is the length, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have x = 576
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 24 inches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of this television screen is 24 inches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

79
3. Two rectangular buildings are 16 m apart from each
other. The heights are 30 m and 37 m, respectively. 37 m
If a cable wire is linked between the tops of these 30 m
buildings as shown in the figure, what is the length 16 m
of this cable wire?
Let the length of the cable wire be x m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 2 = 162 + (37 - 30)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 162 + 72
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 256 + 49
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 305
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, x is the length, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have x = 305
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 17.5 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K Therefore, the cable wire is approximately 17.5 m long.

Intermediate Level B
4. Tammy folded a piece of paper into an envelope
and glued along AD and DB to seal it as A
shown in the figure. Let AE = ED = 8 cm and 8 cm
DC = BC = 14 cm. Find the sum of the lengths
of the glued sides. E D C
When determining ∆ AED, we have ∠AED = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AD 2 = DE 2 + AE 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 82 + 82
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 64 + 64 = 128
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, AD is the length, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have AD = 128
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 11.3 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

80
When determining ∆ BCD, we have ∠BCD = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DB 2 = BC 2 + DC 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 142 + 142
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 196 + 196
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 392
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, DB is the length, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have DB = 392
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 19.8 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The sum of the lengths of the glued sides is approximately 11.3 + 19.8 = 31.1 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the sum of the lengths of the glued sides is approximately 31.1 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Two light bulbs are hung on the pole at points A

P and Q. This pole is stuck in the ground
perpendicularly. The ray of the light bulb at P
12.7 m K
Point P reaches Point H on the ground, while 39 m E
Q Y
that of Point Q reaches Point K on the ground 21 m
as shown in the figure. Given that PQ = 12.7
H K B
m, KB = 17.2 m, PH = 39 m and QK = 21 m, 17.2 m
find the following:
1) The height of the bulb at Point Q from the ground
When determining ∆ BKQ, and we have ∠KBQ = 90 ํ.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QK 2 = BQ 2 + BK 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
212 = BQ 2 + (17.2)2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BQ 2 = 212 - (17.2)2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 441 - 295.84 = 145.16
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, BQ is the height, which means it can be only a positive number.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have BQ = 145.16 ≈ 12 m.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the light bulb at Point Q is approximately 12 m high from the ground.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

81
2) The distance between the two points on the ground that both rays of light reached
When determining ∆ BHP, we have ∠HBP = 90 ํ.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PH 2 = BP 2 + BH 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
392 = (12 + 12.7)2 + BH 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BH 2 = 392 - (24.7)2 = 1,521 - 610.09 = 910.91
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, BH is the distance, which means it can be only a positive number.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have BH = 910.91
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 30.2 m
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and HK = BH - BK
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 30.2 - 17.2 = 13 m.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the distance between the two points on the ground that both rays of light reached
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
approximately 13 m.

K 6. Let a rectangle FGHI be a camp location as shown in the figure. Its width is x + 1,
E its length is 3x + 6 m and its diagonal is 4x + 1 m. Find the area of the camp
Y
location.
(3x + 6) m
F G
(x + 1) m (4x + 1) m

I H
When determining ∆ FGH, we have ∠FGH = 90 ํ.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FH 2 = GH 2 + GF 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(4x + 1)2 = (x + 1)2 + (3x + 6)2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16x 2 + 8x + 1 = x 2 + 2x + 1 + 9x 2 + 36x + 36
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6x 2 - 30x - 36 = 0
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 2 - 5x - 6 = 0
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(x - 6)(x + 1) = 0
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x = 6, -1
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

82
If..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x = 6, If x = -1,
FG = 3(6) + 6 FG = 3(-1) + 6
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 24 m = 3m
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and GH = 6 + 1 and GH = -1 + 1
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 7 m. = 0 m.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, GH is the width of the rectangle, which
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
means the value must be more than 0, i.e.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x = - 1 does not correspond to this condition.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the area of □ FGHI is equal to 24 × 7 = 168 m2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the area of the camp location is 168 m2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
7. A bag is in a rectangular shape when viewed from L H 2 cmM
K
the top. Let the bag be a rectangle LMNO of width
6 cm
6 cm and of length 9 cm as shown in the figure. K
E
Find the following: O 9 cm N Y
1) The length of its zipper sewed along OH which is equal to OH
HL = 9 - 2 = 7 cm
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OL = 6 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When determining ∆ HLO, we have ∠HLO = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OH 2 = HL2 + OL2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 72 + 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 49 + 36
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 85
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, OH is the length, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have OH = 85
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 9.22 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of the zipper sewed along OH is approximately 9.22 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

83
2) The length of another zipper sewed along NK, which is equal to NK
From the figure, draw HN to get ∆ HMN, where ∠HMN = 90 ํ.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HN 2 = NM 2 + HM 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 62 + 22 = 36 + 4 = 40
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Let NK be x cm long, and OK be y cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When determining ∆ HKN, we have ∠HKN = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HN 2 = NK 2 + HK 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
40 = x 2 + HK 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HK 2 = 40 - x 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
( 85 - y) 2 = 40 - x 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
85 - 2 85 y + y 2 = 40 - x 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y 2 = 2 85 y - 45 - x 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K When determining ∆ OKN, we have ∠OKN = 180 ํ - 90 ํ = 90 ํ.

84
8. From a company, a messenger traveled north with an average speed of 40 km/h to
pick up a parcel, which took him 6 min. Then, he traveled east for 10 km to deliver
the parcel. After that, he traveled south with an average speed of 30 km/h to pick
up a second parcel, which took him 12 min. Find the shortest distance from the
company to the pick-up location of the second parcel.
From Distance = Average speed × Time,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: distance traveled north = 40 × 606 = 4 km
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4 km
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 km
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x km
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
Let the shortest distance from the company to the pick-up location of the second parcel be E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
km.
x...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 2 = 102 + (6 - 4)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100 + 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 104
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
However, x is the distance, which means it can be only a positive number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have x = 104
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 10.2 km.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the shortest distance from the company to the pick-up location of the second
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
parcel is approximately 10.2 km.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

85
2.3 Converse of Pythagoras’
Theorem
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, for any right triangle, the square of its hypotenuse
is equal to the sum of the square of its other two sides.
On this topic, we will learn about the converse of Pythagoras’ theorem that is true,
i.e. for any triangle, if the square of one side is equal to the sum of the square of the
other two sides, then that triangle is a right triangle.

Theorem Let ∆ ABC be a triangle. A

If AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2
or c 2 = a 2 + b 2, b c
then ∠ACB = 90 ํ.
C a B
K
E
Y
Worked Example 8
Determine the following triangles whether they are right triangles or not according to
the given sides.
1) ∆ ABC, where AB = 39 cm, BC = 15 cm and AC = 36 cm
2) ∆ PQR, where PQ = 28 cm, QR = 20 cm and PR = 19 cm
Solution:
1) Since AB is the longest side of ∆ ABC,
we have: AB 2 = 392 = 1,521
and BC 2 + AC 2 = 152 + 362
= 225 + 1,296
= 1,521.
According to this, AB 2 = BC 2 + AC 2.
Therefore, ∆ ABC is a right triangle, where ∠C is the right angle.

86
2) Since PQ is the longest side of ∆ PQR,
we have: PQ 2 = 282 = 784
and QR 2 + PR 2 = 202 + 192
= 400 + 361
= 761.
According to this, PQ 2 QR 2 + PR 2.
Therefore, ∆ PQR is not a right triangle.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2C Questions 1-4
1. Determine the following triangles whether they are right triangles or not according
to the given sides.
1) ∆ ABC, where AB = 12 cm, BC = 10 cm and AC = 8 cm
Since AB is the longest side of ∆ ABC,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: AB 2 = 122 = 144
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
and BC 2 + AC 2 = 102 + 82
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
= 100 + 64
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 164.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, AB BC 2 + AC 2. 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ ABC is not a right triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) ∆ PQR, where PQ = 34 cm, QR = 16 cm and PR = 30 cm

Since PQ is the longest side of ∆ PQR,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: PQ 2 = 342 = 1,156
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and QR 2 + PR 2 = 162 + 302
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 256 + 900
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,156.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, PQ = QR 2 + PR 2. 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ PQR is a right triangle, where ∠R is the right angle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

87
2. Let a triangle XYZ be an area of land, where XY = 45 m, YZ = 24 m and XZ = 51 m.
If there is a tree at Point T, which is on the same side as ZY, and ZT = 14 m as
shown in the figure, do the following:
X

51 m 45 m

Z T Y
14 m
24 m
1) Prove that ∠XYZ = 90 ํ. 2) Find TX.
Since XZ is the longest side of ∆ XYZ,
.............................................................................................................. When determining ∆ XYT, we have ∠XYT = 90 .ํ
..............................................................................................................
we have: XZ 2 = 512
.............................................................................................................. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
..............................................................................................................
= 2,601
.............................................................................................................. TX 2 = XY 2 + TY 2
..............................................................................................................
and XY + YZ = 452 + 242
2 2
.............................................................................................................. = 452 + (24 - 14)2
..............................................................................................................

K = 2,601.
.............................................................................................................. = 452 + 102 = 2,125
..............................................................................................................
E According to this, XZ 2 = XY 2 + YZ 2. TX = 2,125 (TX > 0)
Y .............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Therefore, ∠XYZ in ∆ XYZ is 90 ํ.
.............................................................................................................. ≈ 46.1 m.
..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, TX is approximately 46.1 m long.

..............................................................................................................

Exercise 2C
Basic Level
1. Determine the following triangles whether they are right triangles or not according
to the given sides.
1) ∆ ABC, where AB = 16 cm, BC = 63 cm and AC = 65 cm
Since AC is the longest side of ∆ ABC,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: AC 2 = 652 = 4,225
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and AB 2 + BC 2 = 162 + 632
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 256 + 3,969 = 4,225.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, AC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ ABC is a right triangle, where ∠B is the right angle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

88
2) ∆ DEF, where DE = 24 cm, EF = 27 cm and DF = 21 cm
Since EF is the longest side of ∆ DEF,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: EF 2 = 272 = 729
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and DE 2 + DF 2 = 242 + 212
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 576 + 441
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,017.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, EF DE 2 + DF 2. 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ DEF is not a right triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) ∆ GHI, where GH = 7.5 m, HI = 7.1 m and GI = 2.4 m

Since GH is the longest side of ∆ GHI,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: GH2 = (7.5)2 = 56.25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and HI 2 + GI 2 = (7.1)2 + (2.4)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 50.41 + 5.76
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
= 56.17.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
According to this, GH 2 HI 2 + GI 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ GHI is not a right triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) ∆ MNO, where MN = 135 m, NO = 133 m and MO = 134 m

Since MN is the longest side of ∆ MNO,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
we have: MN 2 = ( 135 ) = 169 25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

89
2. In ∆ PQR, PQ = 19 cm, QR = 24 cm and PR = 30 cm. Prove that ∆ PQR is not
a right triangle.
Since PR is the longest side of ∆ PQR,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: PR 2 = 302 = 900
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and PQ 2 + QR 2 = 192 + 242
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 361 + 576
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 937.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, PR PQ 2 + QR 2. 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ PQR is not a right triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Intermediate Level
3. In ∆ STU, ST = 127 cm, TU = 56 cm and SU = 13 cm. Determine ∆ STU whether it
is a right triangle or not. 2
K Since ST = 127 cm; We have: TU 2= ( 10 12 ) = 144
100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2
TU = 56 = 10
12 cm; and SU 2 + ST 2 = ( 124 ) + ( 127 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
4. Let a square PQRS be a field of sides 40 m and 40 m
30 m with a pole at Point X. William wants to P Q
make a shortcut from Point S to Point Q passing X
the pole, in which SX : XQ = 16 : 9 and RX = 24 m 30 m
24 m. If he walks along the path and stops at
the nearest spot to Point R, show that the spot S R
where she stops is the same spot as Point X.
90
When determining ∆ PQS , we have ∠QPS = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SQ 2 = PQ 2 + PS 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 402 + 302
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,600 + 900
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2,500
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SQ = 2,500
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 50 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SX : XQ = 16 : 9,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: SX 16
SQ = 16 + 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SX = 16 25 × 50
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 32 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and QX = 50 - 32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 18 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we want to show that the spot where William stops is the same spot as Point X, then we
K
have to show that RX is perpendicular to QS, i.e. we have to prove that ∆ SXR and ∆ QXR
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
are right triangles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since RS is the longest side of ∆ SXR,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: RS 2 = 402 = 1,600
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and SX 2 + RX 2 = 322 + 242
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,024 + 576
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,600.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, RS 2 = SX 2 + RX 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ SXR is a right triangle, where ∠X is the right angle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since QR is the longest side of ∆ QXR,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: QR 2 = 302 = 900
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and RX 2 + QX 2 = (24)2 + (18)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 576 + 324
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 900.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, QR 2 = RX 2 + QX 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ QXR is a right triangle, where ∠X is the right angle, i.e. the spot where William
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stops is the same spot as Point X.
91
Summary
1. Pythagoras’ theorem
A According to the figure, ∆ ABC is a right triangle, where
∠C is the right angle and also the largest angle. The

b c sides opposite to each angle are as follows:

The side opposite to ∠A is BC or a.
The side opposite to ∠B is AC or b.
C a B
The side opposite to ∠C is AB or c.
This can be concluded by using Pythagoras’ theorem as follows:
For any right triangle, the square of its hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the square
of its other two side.
c2 = a2 + b2
Square of AB Square of AC
K Square of BC
E
Y
2. Real-life applications of Pythagoras’ theorem
The knowledge of Pythagoras’ theorem can be applied to real-life problems, such as
the calculation of distance, width, length, or height of objects in triangular shapes,
which are related to Pythagoras’ theorem.

3. Converse of Pythagoras’ theorem

For any triangle, if the square of one side is equal to the sum of the square of the
other two sides, then it is a right triangle.
c2 = a2 + b2
Square of AB Square of AC
Square of BC

92
Review Exercise 2
1. Find the values of a, b, c and d in the following.
1) According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
....................................................................................................................................................

am a2 = (9.6)2 + (6.3)2
....................................................................................................................................................
6.3 m = 92.16 + 39.69 = 131.85
....................................................................................................................................................
a = 131.85 (a > 0)
....................................................................................................................................................
9.6 m a ≈ 11.5
....................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, a ≈ 11.5 m.
....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

2) According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:

....................................................................................................................................................
(13.5)2 = (8.7)2 + b2
....................................................................................................................................................
8.7 m
13.5 m b2 = (13.5)2 - (8.7)2
....................................................................................................................................................
= 182.25 - 75.69 = 106.56
....................................................................................................................................................
b = 106.56 (b > 0) K
bm .................................................................................................................................................... E
b ≈ 10.3
....................................................................................................................................................
Y
Therefore, b ≈ 10.3 m.
....................................................................................................................................................
C
3)
4m
D cm
5m
A E B
3m 6m
In...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ ADE, ∠AED = 90 ํ. Determine ∆ BCE, where ∠BEC = 90 ํ.
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have: According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
52 = DE 2 + 32 c 2 = (4 + 4)2 + 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DE 2 = 52 - 32 = 82 + 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 25 - 9 = 64 + 36 = 100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 16 c = 100 = 10 (c > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DE = 16 = 4 (DE > 0) Therefore, c = 10 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

93
A
4)
dm 10 m
11 m D
6m
C B
In...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ BCD, ∠CBD = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:

112 = BC 2 + 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BC 2 = 112 - 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 121 - 36 = 85
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ ABC, ∠ABC = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:

d 2 = (10 + 6)2 + BC 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 162 + BC 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 256 + 85 = 341
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
d = 341 (d > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K ≈ 18.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E Therefore, d ≈ 18.5 m.
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Sean’s briefcase is in a rectangular shape of side 30 cm and of diagonal 37 cm.

Find the height of this briefcase.
From the figure, let h be the height of the briefcase.
......................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
......................................................................................................................................................................
37 cm h 372 = 302 + h2
......................................................................................................................................................................
h2 = 372 - 302
......................................................................................................................................................................
30 cm = 1,369 - 900
......................................................................................................................................................................
= 469
......................................................................................................................................................................
h = 469 (h > 0)
......................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 21.7
......................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the height of the briefcase is approximately 21.7 cm.
......................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................

94
3. A tile is in the shape of a rhombus of sides 52 cm and of diagonal 48 cm. Find
the following:
1) The other diagonal of the tile
From the problem, we can construct a figure as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the figure, once we draw two diagonals, they
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bisect and are perpendicular to each other which make
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

52 cm up 4 right triangles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Let x be the length of the other diagonal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2
522 = ( 482 ) + (2x)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The area of the tile

The area of the tile is 4 times that of one right triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

95
4. From the given figure, let ∠BAD = 90 ํ.
A 36 cm B

48 cm
87 cm
D
63 cm
C
1) ∆ ABD is a triangle with AB of length 36 cm and AD of length 48 cm. Find the
length of BD.
In...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ ABD, ∠BAD = 90 ํ. According to Pythagoras’ theorem, we have:

BD 2 = AD 2 + AB 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 482 + 362
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K = 2,304 + 1,296
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E = 3,600
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BD = 3,600 (BD > 0)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 60 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, BD is 60 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) In ∆ BCD, BC = 87 cm and CD = 63 cm. Prove that ∆ BCD is a right triangle.

Since BC is the longest side of ∆ BCD,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: BC 2 = 872
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 7,569
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and BD 2 + CD 2 = 602 + 632
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 3,600 + 3,969
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 7,569.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, BC 2 = BD 2 + CD 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ BCD is a right triangle, where ∠BDC is the right angle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

96
Challenge Yourself
Let ABC be a triangle where BC 2 = 370 square units, AB 2 = 116 square units and
AC 2 = 74 square units. Find the area of ∆ ABC.
Hint 370 = 92 + 172, 116 = 42 + 102, 74 = 52 + 72
From Hint, we can see that 17 = 7 + 10
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and 9 = 5 + 4 .
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This means that we can start with BC 2 = 92 + 17 2 and construct a triangle ABC with points A,
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
P.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and Q specified as follows:
B B
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

97
K
E
Y

98
3
Chapter
Prisms and
Cylinders
When making cake, we have to prepare a cake
mixture according to the recipe. We combine ingredients
together until smooth, then pour the mixture into a mold,
and bake it in the oven. Once baked, the cake mixture
will approximately rise up to 50% of its volume. If we
have a cylindrical mold of 6 cm high with a diameter of K
E
15.5 cm, and we want to make our cake perfectly fit the Y
mold after baking, then how much of the cake mixture
should we prepare in total?

Indicators
• Apply the knowledge of surface area of prisms and cylinders to
solve mathematical and real-world problems. (MA 2.1 G. 8/1)
• Apply the knowledge of volume of prisms and cylinders to solve
mathematical and real-world problems. (MA 2.1 G. 8/2)
Compulsory Details
• Calculation of the surface area of prisms and cylinders
• Real-life applications of the surface area of prisms and cylinders
• Calculation of the volume of prisms and cylinders
• Real-life applications of the volume of prisms and cylinders

99
3.1 Nets
Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
Prepare one cubic carton and one cuboid carton for this activity.
Part 1: Draw a cube and a cuboid.
Put the two cartons on a table. Take a look at the left, the right, the front and the
back sides of both cartons. Then, draw pictures according to what you have observed
in the provided table.
Part 2: Draw the nets of the cube and the cuboid.
1. Cut the cartons in Part 1 along the edges such that each carton can be flattened
K and different parts of it are still together in one piece. Then, observe the cut cartons
E
Y and draw them in the provided table.
2. Compare your nets to those of the class whether they are the same or not, and
see how many different nets you can find from the class.
Solid figure Drawing of the solid figure Drawing of the net

Cube

Cuboid

100
Part 3: Construct three-dimensional figures from the given nets.
1. Copy the given nets in the table below onto A4-paper. Then, cut along the
outer edges of each net, fold them according to the dashed lines, and form them into
three-dimensional figures.
2. Place the obtained three-dimensional figures in Step 1 on a desk. Then, take a
look at the left, the right, the front and the back sides of both solid figures, and draw
pictures according to what you have observed in the provided table.
Solid figure Drawing of the solid figure Drawing of the net

Triangular prism
K
E
Y

Cylinder

101
3.2 Volume and Surface Area of
Cubes and Cuboids
1. Volume of Cubes and Cuboids
We have learned that the volume of an object is equal to the total area inside that
object. This means that if the area of an object is large, then its volume is proportionally
large as well. We can find the volume and the surface area of a cube and a cuboid
from the following table:
Solid figure Cube Cuboid

Dimension Height
Height
K Length
E Length Width Width
Y

Width × Length × Height

Volume or Width × Length × Height
Side × Side × Side

Net

102
Worked Example 1
An ice block in the shape of a cuboid is of width 7 cm and of length 9 cm with
a volume of 378 cm3. Find the following:

h cm

9 cm 7 cm
1) The height of the ice block
2) The total number of smaller ice blocks if this ice block is melted and made into
smaller ice blocks of 2 cm wide, 3 cm long and 3 cm high
Solution: K
E
1) Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height Y
378 = 7 × 9 × h
h = 9378× 7

= 6 cm
Therefore, the ice block is 6 cm high.
2) Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
= 2×3×3
= 18 cm3
Since the original ice block has a volume of 378 cm3,
we have the total number of smaller ice blocks = 378
18
= 21.
Therefore, the total number of the smaller ice blocks is 21.

103
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3A Question 4
A piece of metal in the shape of a cuboid is of width 18 cm and of height 38 cm with
a volume of 35,568 cm3. Find the following:

38 cm
 cm
18 cm
1) The length of this piece of metal
Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35,568 = 18 ×  × 38
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K  = 35,568
E ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 × 38
Y = 52 cm
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the length of this piece of metal is 52 cm.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The total number of metal cubes if the metal is smelted and molded into a cube
of side 2 cm
Volume of cube = Width × Length × Height
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2×2×2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 8 cm3
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the original piece of metal has a volume of 35,568 cm3,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have the total number of metal cubes = 35,568
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
= 4,446.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the total number of the metal cubes is 4,446.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

104
Worked Example 2 2 2
A wooden box in the shape of a cuboid is 2 cm 54 46
thick. The inside of it is 46 cm wide, 54 cm 2 2
long and 18 cm high. Find the volume of the 18
2
wood made into this box.
Solution:
Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
We have: total volume with its thickness = (46 + 2 + 2) × (54 + 2 + 2)
× (18 + 2)
= 50 × 58 × 20
= 58,000 cm3
inner volume = 46 × 54 × 18
= 44,712 cm3
Therefore, the volume of the wood made into this box is 58,000 - 44,712
= 13,288 cm3. K
E
Y
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3A Question 3
The inside of a cuboid concrete tub is 80 cm wide, 30 30 80
180 30
180 cm long and 120 cm high. If the concrete is 30 30
120
cm thick, then find the volume of the concrete made 30
into this tub.
Volume of cuboid = Width Length Height × ×
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have: total volume with its thickness = (80 + 30 + 30) × (180 + 30 + 30) × (120 + 30)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 140 × 240 × 150
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5,040,000 cm3
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
inner volume = 80 × 180 × 120
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,728,000 cm3
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the concrete made into this tub is 5,040,000 - 1,728,000
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 3,312,000 cm3.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

105
2. Surface Area of Cubes and Cuboids

Class Discussion
1. Fill in the correct answers.
6 faces. Each face is ....................................
A cube has ................... square in shape with .................................... equal area.
6 × (side × side)
Therefore, the surface area of a cube is equal to .......................................................................................... .
6
A cuboid has ............................. rectangular
faces. Each face is ................................................................................ in shape.
Therefore, the surface area of a cuboid is equal to
2..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
× [(width × length) + (width × height) + (length × height)]

2. How are the total surface area of an object and the area of each face of its net
related to each other?
The total surface area of an object is equal to the sum of the area of each face of its net.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K 3. Justify your answers with the class.

E
Y
From Class Discussion, we can conclude that the total surface area of an object
is equal to the sum of the area of each face of its net as follows:
• Surface area of cube = 6 × (Side × Side)
• Surface area of cuboid
= 2 × [(Width × Length) + (Width × Height) + (Length × Height)]

Worked Example 3
A cuboid is 4 cm wide, 6 cm long and 3 cm high. Find the following:
1) The volume of the cuboid
2) The surface area of the cuboid

3 cm
6 cm 4 cm
106
Solution:
1) Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
= 4×6×3
= 72 cm3
Therefore, the volume of the cuboid is 72 cm3.
2) Surface area of cuboid = 2 × [(Width × Length) + (Width × Height)
+ (Length × Height)]
= 2[(4 × 6) + (4 × 3) + (6 × 3)]
= 108 cm2
Therefore, the surface area of the cuboid is 108 cm2.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3A Questions 1-2, 5-9
1. A cuboid is of width 5 cm, of length 8 cm and of height 10 cm. Find the following:
K
E
Y
10 cm

8 cm 5 cm
1) The volume of the cuboid
Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5 × 8 × 10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 400 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the cuboid is 400 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the cuboid

Surface area of cuboid = 2 × [(Width × Length) + (Width × Height)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ (Length × Height)]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2[(5 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (8 × 10)]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 340 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the cuboid is 340 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

107
2. A cuboid plastic box is 9 cm wide and 16 cm long. The level of the water inside
it is 8 cm high from the base, which is not full to the brim. Find the following:
1) The volume of the water in liters
Hint 1  equals 1,000 cm3.
Volume of water in the plastic box = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 9 × 16 × 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,152 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,1521,000 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1.152 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of water in the plastic box is 1.152 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the plastic box contacted with water

Since the water is not full to the brim, we will consider only the part that is contacted with
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
water, i.e. the side and the base.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K Surface area of box contacted with water = 2 × [(Width × Height) + (Length × Height)]
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y + (Width × Length)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2[(9 × 8) + (16 × 8)] + (9 × 16)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 544 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the plastic box contacted with water is 544 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 3A
Basic Level
1. Complete the following.
No. Width Length Height Volume Surface area
1) 24 mm 18 mm 5 mm 2,160 mm3 1,284 mm2
2) 5 cm 3 cm 8 cm 120 cm3 158 cm2
3) 2.5 cm 6 cm 3.5 cm 52.5 cm3 89.5 cm2
4) 12 m 8m 6m 576 m3 432 m2

108
2. Find the volume and surface area of the following cuboids.
1) Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
................................................................................................................................................................................
= 6 8 10 = 480 cm3 × ×
................................................................................................................................................................................
10 cm Surface area of cuboid = 2 × [(Width × Length) + (Width × Height)
................................................................................................................................................................................
+ (Length × Height)]
................................................................................................................................................................................

6 cm 8 cm = 2[(6 × 8) + (6 × 10) + (8 × 10)] = 376 cm2

................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height

................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1.5 × 3.9 × 0.7 = 4.095 cm3
1.5 cm ................................................................................................................................................................................
0.7 cm Surface area of cuboid = 2 × [(Width × Length) + (Width × Height)
................................................................................................................................................................................
3.9 cm + (Length × Height)]
................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2[(1.5 × 3.9) + (1.5 × 0.7) + (3.9 × 0.7)]
................................................................................................................................................................................
= 19.26 cm2
3) Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1 12 × 10 × 12 = 7 12 cm3
................................................................................................................................................................................
1 cm Surface area of cuboid = 2 × [(Width × Length) + (Width × Height)
................................................................................................................................................................................ K
2 10 cm E
+ (Length × Height)]
................................................................................................................................................................................ Y
1 12 cm
= 2[(1 12 × 10) + (1 12 × 12 ) + (10 × 12 )]
................................................................................................................................................................................
= 41 12 cm2
Intermediate Level
3.6 2.6
3. A wooden box in the shape of a cuboid has a width
of 2.6 m, a length of 3.6 m and a height of 1.7 m. If 1.7
the box is 0.2 m thick, find the volume of the wood 0.2
made into this box.
Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total volume with its thickness = 2.6 × 3.6 × 1.7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 15.912 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Inner volume = (2.6 - 0.2 - 0.2) × (3.6 - 0.2 - 0.2) × (1.7 - 0.2)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2.2 × 3.2 × 1.5 = 10.56 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the wood made into this box is 15.912 - 10.56 = 5.352 m3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

109
4. A cuboid metal bar is 0.19 m wide, 0.24 m long and 0.15 m high. If it is smelted
and molded into a cube, find each side length of this cube.
Volume of metal bar = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 0.19 × 0.24 × 0.15
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 0.00684 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Let  be the length of each side of the metal cube.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of cube = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
0.00684 =  ×  × 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
0.00684 = 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
 = 3 0.00684 ≈ 0.19 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, each side length of the metal cube is approximately 0.19 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. A water tank in the shape of a cuboid is of width 2 m, of length 4 m and of height

K
4.8 m. There is 34 of water in the tank. If we fill 4,000  more water, how high will
E the water level in the tank be?
Y
Hint 1 m3 equals 1,000 .
Volume of water tank = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2 × 4 × 4.8 = 38.4 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since there is 34 of water in the tank,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the volume of water in the tank is 34 × 38.4 = 28.8 m3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we fill 4,000  more water,
If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then the volume of water in the tank is 28.8 + 4 = 32.8 m3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Let d be the height of the water level.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of water in the tank = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
32.8 = 2 × 4 × d
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
32.8 = 8d
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
d = 4.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the water level in the tank will be 4.1 m high.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

110
6. The total surface area of a dice is 433.5 cm2. Find the volume of the dice.
Let  be the length of each face of the dice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Surface area of dice = 6 × (Side × Side)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
433.5 = 6 × ( × )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
433.5 = 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
 = 72.25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 8.5 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, each face of the dice is 8.5 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of dice = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 8.5 × 8.5 × 8.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 614.125 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the dice is 614.125 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. The volume of a metal cube is 64 cm3. If we color all the faces of the cube, what K
is the area of the colored surface? E
Y
Let  be the length of each face of the metal cube.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of metal cube = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
64 =  ×  × 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
64 = 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
 = 3 64
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 4 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, each face of the metal cube is 4 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Surface area of metal cube = 6 × (Side × Side)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 6(4 × 4)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 96 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the area of the colored surface is 96 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

111
Advanced Level
8. The cross-section of a gutter is square in shape with the width of 30 cm. If the
flowing water level in this gutter is 3.5 cm high with a speed of 22 cm per second,
how many liters of water can it flow though the gutter in 1 minute?
Hint 1 cm3 equals 1 m, and 1  equals 1,000 m.
In...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 minute, water flowing through the gutter is 22 × 60 = 1,320 cm.
Amount of water flowing through the gutter in 1 minute = 30 × 1,320 × 3.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 138,600 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 138,600 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 138,600 1,000 = 138.6 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the amount of water flowing through the gutter in 1 minute is 138.6 liters.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. A cuboid is 9 cm wide and 12 cm long with a surface area of 426 cm2. Find the
following:
K 1) The height of the cuboid
E
Y Let h be the height of the cuboid.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Surface area of cuboid = 2 × [(Width × Length) + (Width × Height) + (Length
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
× Height)]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
426 = 2[(9 × 12) + (9 × h) + (12 × h)]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2(108 + 9h + 12h) = 2(108 + 21h)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
213 = 108 + 21h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
h = 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the height of the cuboid is 5 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The volume of the cuboid

Volume of cuboid = Width × Length × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 9 × 12 × 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 540 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the cuboid is 540 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

112
3.3 Volume and Surface Area of
Prisms
1. Prisms
Take a look at a rectangular cardboard in Figure (a). Then, consider pieces of the
cardboard in Figure (a) piled up to create a cuboid as shown in Figure (b).
Cross-section or base
Lateral face

Cross-section or base
(a) (b)
The pieces of cardboard on the top and the bottom of the cuboid are the cross-
sections or bases, in which both sides of the bases are congruent rectangles and are
K
parallel to each other. The horizontal cross-section of the cuboid is a rectangle, and E
Y
it is parallel to the bases. We can say that each cuboid has the same cross-section.
For other non-cross-sections, they are called lateral faces. A cuboid is a type of prism,
which is called a rectangular prism. Prisms are named according to their bases. For
example:
Triangular prism Quadrilateral prism Pentagonal prism

Cube or Cuboid or Hexagonal prism

square prism rectangular prism

From the figures, prisms are classified into two types. The first one is a right prism,
in which each face of the prism is perpendicular to its base, and the other one is an
oblique prism, in which each face of the prism is not perpendicular to its base.
113
Thinking Time
1. What is another characteristic of lateral faces of a right prism?
All the lateral faces of a right prism are rectangles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. What is another characteristic of lateral faces of an oblique prism?

All the lateral faces of an oblique prism are parallelograms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Draw a square prism that is

not a cube.

4. Observe buildings in your daily life. Then, give some examples and explain why
they are prisms.
For example, traditional Thai cushions, books and gift boxes because each of them has the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K cross-sections of the same shape and size to its bases.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y
2. Volume of Prisms
We have learned that:
Volume of cuboid = (Width × Length) × Height
= Base area × Height
On this topic, we will learn how to find the volume of a prism by using the knowledge
of the volume of a cuboid.
Take a look at the following cuboid of 3 m wide, 4 m long and 2 m high.

2m
4m 3m

Let the shaded area be the cross-section of the cuboid.

The cross-section area of the cuboid is 3 × 4 = 12 m2.
Therefore, the volume of the cuboid is 12 × 2 = 24 m3.
114
If we cut the cuboid along the diagonals of its cross-section, we will have two right
triangular prisms of equal size as shown in the figures.

4m 3m
2m
2m
4m 3m

Let the shaded area be the cross-section of each ATTENTION

right triangular prism. The volume of a right triangular
1
The cross-section area of the right triangular prism prism is equal to 2 × that of a
cuboid.
is 12 × 3 × 4 = 6 m2.
The cross-section area × height is 6 × 2 = 12 m3.
According to this, we can conclude the relationship between the volume and the
cross-section area of a prism as follows:
K
Volume of prism = Area of cross-section × Height E
Y
= Base area × Height

Worked Example 4
Find the volume of the given prism.

6m
1.5 m 2m
Solution: 2m
Base area of prism = Area of parallelogram PROBLEM SOLVING TIP
= 2 × 1.5 Area of parallelogram
= 3 m2 = Base length × Height
Volume of prism = Base area × Height
= 3 × 6 = 18 m3
Therefore, the volume of the prism is 18 m3.
115
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3A Questions 1-2
1. Find the volume of the following prism.
Base area of prism = Area of a square
.................................................................................................................................
= 4×4
.................................................................................................................................
= 16 m2
.................................................................................................................................
Volume of prism = Base area × Height
.................................................................................................................................
= 16 × 10
.................................................................................................................................
10 m = 160 m3
.................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the prism is 160 m3.
.................................................................................................................................
4m .................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................

2. Find the value of x where the volume of the given prism is 151.2 cm3.
Base area of prism = Area of a right triangle
.................................................................................................................................
K = 12 × 5.6 × x
.................................................................................................................................
E
Y = 2.8x cm2
.................................................................................................................................
Volume of prism = Base area × Height
.................................................................................................................................

5.6 cm 151.2 = 2.8x × 12

.................................................................................................................................

12 cm 151.2 = 33.6x
.................................................................................................................................
x cm x = 4.5 cm
.................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of x is 4.5 cm.
.................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................

3. Surface Area of Prisms

4 cm
We have learned that the surface area of a cuboid 5 cm
is equal to the sum of the area of each face of its net. 4 cm
According to this, we can apply this concept to find the
surface area of a prism as follows: 5 cm
6 cm 6 cm

116
Determine the pentagonal prism with folded lines as shown below:
4 cm 5 cm
6 cm
A 5 cm 6 cm 6 cm 6 cm 5 cm B
4 cm
D C

From the figure, we have:

Surface area of prism = Area of rectangle ABCD + (2 × Base area of pentagon)
= (AB × BC) + [2 × [(6 × 6) + 12 × (6 × 4)]]
= (Perimeter × Height of prism) + [2 × (36 + 12)]
= [(5 + 6 + 6 + 6 + 5) × 4] + (2 × 48)
= (28 × 4) + 96
= 112 + 96
= 208 cm2 K
E
Y
From the method above, we can conclude as follows:
Surface area of prism = Lateral area + (2 × Base area)
= (Perimeter × Height) + (2 × Base area)

Worked Example 5
From the given prism, find the following:
1) The volume of the prism
20 cm
2) The surface area of the prism 16 cm
Solution:
1) Volume of prism = Base area × Height 9 cm 12 cm
= ( 12 × 12 × 16) × 9
= 96 × 9 = 864 cm3
Therefore, the volume of the prism is 864 cm3.
117
2) Surface area of prism = (Perimeter × Height) + (2 × Base area)
= [(12 + 16 + 20) × 9] + (2 × 96)
= (48 × 9) + 192
= 432 + 192
= 624 cm2
Therefore, the surface area of the prism is 624 cm2.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3A Questions 3-5
From the given prism, find the following: 5 cm
6 cm 4.5 cm

3 cm 4 cm
K
E 1) The volume of the prism
Y
Volume of prism = Base area × Height
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= [( 12 × 3 × 4) + (6 × 5)] × 4.5
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 36 × 4.5
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 162 cm3
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the volume of the prism is 162 cm3.

2) The surface area of the prism

Surface area of prism = (Perimeter × Height) + (2 × Base area)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= [(3 + 4 + 6 + 5 + 6) × 4.5] + (2 × 36)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (24 × 4.5) + 72
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 108 + 72
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 180 cm2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the prism is 180 cm2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

118
Exercise 3B
Basic Level
1. Find the volume of the following prisms.
1) 75 cm ......................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of prism = Base area × Height
= [ 12 (75 + 59) 46] 120 × × ×
......................................................................................................................................................................
= 3,082 × 120
......................................................................................................................................................................

46 cm 120 cm ......................................................................................................................................................................
= 369,840 cm3
59 cm Therefore, the volume of the prism is 369,840 cm3.
......................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................

2) 7 cm Volume of prism = Base area Height ×

16 cm 6 cm = 96 × 10
......................................................................................................................................................................
= 960 cm3
......................................................................................................................................................................
3 cm
Therefore, the volume of the prism is 960 cm3.
......................................................................................................................................................................
9 cm
4) 18 cm Volume of prism = Base area × Height
......................................................................................................................................................................
= [ 12 × (14 + 18) × 6] × 12
......................................................................................................................................................................
= 96 × 12
......................................................................................................................................................................
6 cm = 1,152 cm3
12 cm ......................................................................................................................................................................
14 cm Therefore, the volume of the prism is 1,152 cm3.
......................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................

119
5) 10 cm Volume of prism = Base area Height ×
......................................................................................................................................................................

13 cm = [( 12 × 6 × 8) + (13 × 10)] × 5
......................................................................................................................................................................
= 154 × 5
......................................................................................................................................................................

5 cm = 770 cm3
......................................................................................................................................................................

6 cm 8 cm Therefore, the volume of the prism is 770 cm3.

......................................................................................................................................................................

6) Volume of prism = Base area Height ×

3 cm 18 cm = 135 × 35
......................................................................................................................................................................

12 cm = 4,725 cm3
......................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the prism is 4,725 cm3.
......................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................

K 2. Let ∆ ABC be the cross-section of a prism.

E
Y

A E
D
B
C

Complete the following.

No. AB BC CD Area of ∆ ABC Volume of prism
1) 3 cm 4 cm 7 cm 6 cm2 42 cm3
2) 9 cm 14 cm 11 cm 63 cm2 693 cm3
3) 32 cm 15 cm 300 cm 240 cm2 72,000 cm3
4) 24.6 cm 7.8 cm 400 cm 95.94 cm2 38,376 cm3

120
38 m
3. Find the inner area of an empty hall as shown in the
23 m
figure. (excluding the thickness of the wall and the roof). 21 m 80 m
Inner area of empty hall = Volume of prism
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= Base area × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= [( 12 × 42 × (38 - 23)) + (42 × 23)] × 80
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,281 × 80
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 102,480 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the inner area of the empty hall is 102,480 m3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Intermediate Level
4. A swimming pool is 25 m wide and 50 m long. If one side of the pool is 1.2 m
deep and the other side is 2 m deep as shown in the figure, find the following:
50 m
25 m
1.2 m 2m K
50.01 m E
Y
1) The volume of water in the pool (if full to the brim)
Volume of water in the pool = Base area × Height
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= [( 12 × (1.2 + 2) × 50)] × 25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 80 × 25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2,000 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of water in the pool is 2,000 m3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the pool

Surface area of pool = (Perimeter × Height) + (2 × Base area)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
- Surface area of water not contacted with the pool
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= [(1.2 + 50 + 2 + 50.01) × 25] + (2 × 80) - (25 × 50)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (103.21 × 25 + 160) - 1,250
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2,740.25 - 1,250 = 1,490.25 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the pool is 1,490.25 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

121
5. Find the volume and the surface area of the following prisms.
1) Volume of prism = Base area × Height
.................................................................................................................................................................................
= ( 12 6 4) 15 × × ×
.................................................................................................................................................................................

5 cm = 12 × 15
.................................................................................................................................................................................
15 cm = 180 cm3
.................................................................................................................................................................................
6 cm
4 cm Therefore, the volume of the prism is 180 cm3.
.................................................................................................................................................................................
Surface area of prism = (Perimeter × Height) + (2 × Base area)
.................................................................................................................................................................................
= [(5 + 5 + 6) × 15] + (2 × 12)
.................................................................................................................................................................................
= (16 × 15) + 24
.................................................................................................................................................................................
= 240 + 24
.................................................................................................................................................................................
= 264 cm2
.................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the prism is 264 cm2.
.................................................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................................................

2 cm = [(2 × 7) + [(5 - 2) × (7 - 6)]] × 9

6 cm .................................................................................................................................................................................
= 17 × 9
.................................................................................................................................................................................
7 cm = 153 cm3
.................................................................................................................................................................................

9 cm Therefore, the volume of the prism is 153 cm3.

.................................................................................................................................................................................

122
3.4 Volume and Surface Area of
Cylinders
1. Cylinders
Take a look at figures (a) and (b). The first one is a one-bath coin, and the other
one is 5 one-baht coins stacking up.

(a) (b)
We can see that the coins in the stack are of the same shape and size, and they
are placed parallelly to each another. The cross-sections are circles. We call the shape
of the coin stack a cylinder, in which its two cross-sections are of the same shape and
size.
In general, cylinders are classified into two groups, i.e. right cylinders
and oblique cylinders. On this topic, we will learn about right cylinders K
E
only as shown in Figure (c). Y
(c)
Thinking Time
Observe objects and buildings in your daily life. Then, give some examples and explain
why they are cylinders.
For example, fruit juice cans, toilet paper cores and steel rods because each of them has the
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cross-sections of the same shape and size.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Volume of Cylinders
We have learned that:
Volume of prism = Area of cross-section × Height
= Base area × Height
Next, we will learn how to find the volume of a cylinder by comparing it to regular
polygonal prisms from the following activity.
123
Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
1. Take a look at the following pictures.

Regular pentagon Regular hexagon Regular 12-gon Regular 16-gon

inscribed in a circle inscribed in a circle inscribed in a circle inscribed in a circle
If the number of sides of these regular polygons continues to increase endlessly,
what shape would they become?
These regular polygons would become circles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Take a look at the following right prisms where the cross-sections are regular
K polygons.
E
Y

Regular Regular Regular Regular

pentagonal prism hexagonal prism 12-gon prism 16-gon prism
If the number of sides of regular polygons, which are the cross-sections, of these
prisms continues to increase endlessly, what shapes would they become?
These prisms would become cylinders.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From Investigation, we can see that cylinders are similar to prisms, except that
cylinders are not prisms because the cross-sections of a prism must be polygons, while
the cross-sections of a cylinder are circles. However, regular polygons can become
circles if the number of sides continues to increase endlessly. According to this, the
number of sides of a polygon is definite, while a circle is not a polygon since the
number of sides of a circle is indefinite.
124
Since cylinders are similar to prims, the formula for calculating the volume of a
cylinder is the same as that of a prism as follows:

Volume of cylinder = Area of cross-section × Height

= Base area × Height
= πr 2h

where r is the base radius and h is the height of the cylinder

Worked Example 6
Find the volume of a cylinder, where the base diameter is 14 cm and the height is half
of the base radius. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Solution:
Base radius = 14 ÷ 2 = 7 cm 14 cm K
Height of cylinder = 12 × 7 = 3.5 cm E
Y
Volume of cylinder = πr 2h
= π(7)2(3.5)
= 539 cm3
Therefore, the volume of the cylinder is 539 cm3.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Questions 3-6
1. Find the volume of a cylinder, where the base diameter is 18 cm and the height is
2.5 times the base radius. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Base radius = 18 ÷ 2 = 9 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Height of cylinder = 2.5 × 9 = 22.5 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of cylinder = πr 2h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= π(9)2(22.5)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
≈ 5,727.86 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the cylinder is approximately 5,727.86 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

125
2. The volume of a cylindrical pineapple can is 1,000 cm3 with a base diameter of
12 cm. Find the height of this can. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Base radius = 12 ÷ 2 = 6 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of cylinder = πr 2h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1,000 = π(6)2h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
h = 1,0002
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
π(6)
≈ 8.84 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the height of the pineapple juice can is approximately 8.84 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 7
The radius of a water pipe is 2.8 cm. If water is drained through this pipe with a speed of
3 m per second, how many liters of water can be drained in 1 minute? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Solution:
K Since water can be drained through this pipe with a 2.8 cm300 cm
E 2.8 cm
Y speed of 3 m per second or 300 cm per second, the
volume of water drained in 1 second is equal to that
of water in a pipe of 300 cm long as shown in the
figure.
We have:
Volume of water drained in 1 second = Volume of 300 cm
= πr 2h
= π(2.8)2(300)
= 2,352π cm3
Volume of water drained in 1 minute = 2,352π × 60
3
≈ 443,520 cm

= 443.520 
≈ 444 

Therefore, the volume of water drained in 1 minute is approximately 444 .

126
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Questions 7, 10
1. The radius of a gasoline tube is 0.6 cm. If gasoline is sent through this tube with a
speed of 2.45 m per second, how many liters of gasoline can be sent in 3 minutes?
(Take π ≈ 227 .)
Since gasoline can be sent through the tube with a speed of 2.45 m per second or 245 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
per second, the volume of gasoline sent in 1 second is equal to that of gasoline in a tube
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
245 cm long.
We have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of gasoline sent in 1 second = Volume of 245-cm tube
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= πr 2h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= π(0.6)2(245) = 88.2π cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of gasoline sent in 3 minutes = 88.2π × 3 × 60
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 49,896 cm = 49.896 
3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 50 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of gasoline sent in 3 minutes is approximately 50 . K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
2. The diameter of a water pipe is 0.036 m. If water is drained from this pipe with a
speed of 1.6 m per second into a cylindrical water tank of height 1.4 m and of base
radius 3.4 m, how long will it take to drain water off the pipe until the tank is full to
the brim? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Base radius = 0.036 ÷ 2 = 0.018 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since water can be drained through the pipe with a speed of 1.6 m per second,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the volume of water drained in 1 second is equal to that of water in a pipe of 1.6 m long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of water drained in 1 second = Volume of a pipe of 1.6 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= πr 2h = π(0.018)2(1.6) = 0.0005184π m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of the cylindrical water tank = πr 2h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= π(3.4)2(1.4) = 16.184π m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Time taken until the tank is full = 0.0005184 16.184π ≈ 31,219 11 seconds
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
π 81
11
= 31,219 81 ÷ 60 ≈ 520 minutes
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, it will take approximately 520 minutes until the tank is full to the brim.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
127
3. Surface Area of Cylinders
We have learned that the surface area of a prism is calculated from the sum of the
area of each face of its net. According to this, we can apply the same concept to find
the surface area of a cylinder as follows:
Take a look at Figure (a), which is a closed cylinder of height 15 cm and of base
radius 7 cm, and Figure (b), which is its net.

15 cm
7 cm
(a) (b)
The net of a cylinder comprises 2 circles and 1 rectangle.
In order to find the surface area of this cylinder, we need to know the area of the
K 2 circles and that of the rectangle.
E
Y The area of the 2 circles is 2πr 2 = 2 × π × 72 = 98π.
Since the length of the rectangle equals the circumference of the cylinder, which is
in the shape of a circle, the length of the rectangle is 2πr = 2 × π × 7 = 14π.
Then, the area of the rectangle is 14π × 15 = 210π.
Therefore, the surface area of Figure (a) is 98π + 210π = 308π.
For a closed cylinder of height h units and of base radius r units, we have:

Circumference = 2πr r

Area = πr 2

Surface area of cylinder = (2 × Base area) + Lateral area

= 2πr 2 + 2πrh

128
Worked Example 8
A cylindrical container with its lid is of height 12 cm and of base radius 5 cm.
(Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
1) The surface area of the container with its lid
2) What percentage of the surface area in 1) is the colored area of the container if
its lid is removed and then the container is colored on the outside and beneath its
base? ATTENTION

An open cylinder is a cylinder with

no cross-section on the top. When
unfolded, it will be displayed as
12 cm follows:

5 cm

Solution: Surface area = πr 2 + 2πrh

K
E
1) Surface area of cylindrical container with its lid = 2πr 2+ 2πrh Y
= 2π(5)2 + 2π(5)(12)
= 50π + 120π
= 170π
2
≈ 534.29 cm
Therefore, the surface area of the cylindrical container with its lid is approximately
534.29 cm2.
2) Colored area of cylindrical container = πr 2 + 2πrh
= π(5)2 + 2π(5)(12)
= 25π + 120π
= 145π
2
≈ 455.71 cm
The colored area of the cylindrical container is 145 π
170π × 100%
= 85 175 % of all the surface area.
Therefore, the colored area of the cylindrical container is 85 175 % of all the surface
area.
129
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Questions 1, 2, 8-9
1. A cylindrical can with its lid is of height 10 cm and of base radius 3.5 cm.
(Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
1) The surface area of the cylindrical can with its lid
Surface area of cylindrical can with its lid = 2πr 2 + 2πrh
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2π(3.5)2 + 2π(3.5)(10)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 24.5π + 70π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 94.5π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 297 cm
2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the cylindrical can with its lid is approximately 297 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E 2) The ratio of the colored area of the cylindrical can to the surface area in 1) if the
Y
lid is removed and the can is colored on the outside and beneath its base
Colored area of cylindrical can with its lid = πr 2 + 2πrh
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= π(3.5)2 + 2π(3.5)(10)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 12.25π + 70π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 82.25π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ratio of colored area to total surface area
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 82.25π : 94.5π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 82.25 : 94.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 47 : 54
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the ratio of the colored area to the total surface area of the cylindrical can is 47 : 54.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

130
2.1 cm
2. A steel tube is of length 12 cm with an inner radius of
2.1 cm and an outer radius of 2.5 cm. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Find the following: 12 cm
1) The cross-section area of the steel tube 2.5 cm
Cross-section area of steel tube = π(2.5)2 - π(2.1)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 6.25π - 4.41π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1.84π ≈ 5.78 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the cross-section area of the steel tube is approximately 5.78 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The inner surface area of the steel tube

Inner surface area of steel tube = 2π(2.1)(12)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 50.4π ≈ 158.4 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the inner surface area of the steel tube is approximately 158.4 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) The total surface area of the steel tube

Total surface area of steel tube = 2(1.84π) + 50.4π + 2π(2.5)(12) K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
= 3.68π + 50.4π + 60π
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
= 114.08π ≈ 358.54 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the total surface area of the steel tube is approximately 358.54 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 3C
Basic Level
1. Find the volume and the surface area of the following cylinders. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
1) 7 cm Volume of cylinder = π(7)2(12)
......................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 1,848 cm3
......................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the cylinder is approximately 1,848 cm3.
......................................................................................................................................................................
12 cm
Surface area of cylinder = 2π(7)2 + 2π(7)(12)
......................................................................................................................................................................
= 98π + 168π
......................................................................................................................................................................
= 266π ≈ 836 cm2
......................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the cylinder is approximately 836 cm2.
......................................................................................................................................................................

131
2) Base radius = 1.2 2 = 0.6 m ÷
......................................................................................................................................................................

1.2 m Volume of cylinder = π(0.6)2(4)

3) Volume of cylinder = (15)2(63)

π
......................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 44,550 mm
3
......................................................................................................................................................................
15 mm Therefore, the volume of the cylinder is approximately 44,550 mm3.
......................................................................................................................................................................

63 mm Surface area of cylinder = 2π(15)2 + 2π(15)(63)

3. A half-cylindrical gutter is of length 84 cm and of diameter 84 cm 15 cm

15 cm. How many liters of water can this gutter contain?
(Take π ≈ 227 .)
Base radius = 15 ÷ 2 = 7.5 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of gutter = 12 × π × (7.5)2 × 84
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
≈ 7,425 cm = 7.425 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the gutter can contain approximately 7.425  of water.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
132
4. The diameter of a cylinder is 0.4 m long and its height is 34 of the base radius. Find
the volume of this cylinder in liters. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Hint 1 m3 equals 106 cm3.
Base radius = 0.4 ÷ 2 = 0.2 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Height of cylinder = 34 × 0.2 = 0.15 m

Volume of cylinder = π(0.2)2(0.15)

= 0.006π m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 6,000π cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 6,000 1,000 
π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

≈ 18.86 
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the volume of the cylinder is approximately 18.86 .

Intermediate Level K
E
5. A cylindrical tank completely filled with gasoline is of height 6.4 m and of diameter Y
2.4 m. If all the gasoline is transferred into a small cylindrical bucket of height 28 cm
and of radius 8.2 cm, how many buckets do we need? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Radius of cylindrical tank = 2.4 ÷ 2 = 1.2 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Volume of tank = π(1.2)2(6.4)

= 9.216π m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 9,216,000π cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Volume of cylindrical bucket = π(8.2)2(28) cm3

= 1,882.72π cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Number of cylindrical buckets to transfer all the gasoline = 9,216,000 π

Therefore, we need 4,896 buckets to transfer all the gasoline from the tank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

133
6. A cylindrical copper rod is 47 cm long with a diameter of 14 cm. If the copper rod
is smelted and made into a wire of diameter 8 mm, how long is this wire in m?
(Take π ≈ 227 .)
Radius of cylindrical copper rod = 14 ÷ 2 = 7 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Volume of cylindrical copper rod = π(7)2(47) = 2,303π cm3

Let  be the length of the wire.

Radius of wire = 8 ÷ 2 = 4 mm = 0.4 cm

Volume of wire = π(0.4)2

2,303π = π(0.4)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2,303 = (0.4)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

 = 2,303 0.16 ≈ 14,400 cm = 144 m

Therefore, the wire is approximately 144 m.

7. The diameter of a water pipe is 64 mm long. If water is sent through this pipe
K
E with a speed of 2.05 mm per second into a cylindrical container of height 2.3 m
Y
and of diameter 7.6 cm, how long will it take until the container is full to the brim?
(Take π ≈ 227 .)
Radius of pipe = 64 ÷ 2 = 32 mm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since water can be sent through this pipe with a speed of 2.05 mm per second,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

the volume of water drained in 1 second is equal to that of water in a pipe of 2.05 mm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Volume of water drained in 1 second = volume of a 2.05 mm pipe

= π(32)2(2.05) = 2,099.2π mm3

Radius of cylindrical container = 7.6 ÷ 2 = 3.8 cm = 38 mm

Height of cylindrical container = 2.3 m = 2,300 mm

Volume of cylindrical container = π(38)2(2,300) = 3,321,200π mm3

Time taken until the container is full = 3,321,200 π

≈ 1,582 seconds ≈ 26 minutes

Therefore, it will take approximately 26 minutes until the cylindrical container is full to the brim.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

134
8. The diameter of a cylindrical steel container with its lid is 186 mm long, and its
height is 13 of the radius. (Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
1) The surface area of this cylindrical steel container with its lid
Base radius of container = 186 ÷ 2 = 93 mm = 9.3 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Height of container = 13 × 93 = 31 mm = 3.1 cm

Surface area of container = 2πr 2 + 2πrh

= 2π(9.3)2 + 2π(9.3)(3.1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 172.98π + 57.66π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 230.64π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

≈ 724.87 cm
2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the surface area of the cylindrical steel container with its lid is approximately
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

724.87 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= π(9.3)2 + 2π(9.3)(3.1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 86.49π + 57.66π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 144.15π cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ratio of the colored surface area to the surface area

= 144.15π : 230.64π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 5:8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the ratio of the colored surface area to the total surface area of the cylindrical
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

steel container is 5 : 8.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

135
Advanced Level
9. A cylindrical pipe is 15 cm long and 0.8 cm thick with an inner radius of 3.8 cm.
Find the surface area of the pipe. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Surface area of cylindrical pipe = 2[π(3.8 + 0.8)2 - π(3.8)2] + 2π(3.8 + 0.8)(15) + 2π(3.8)(15)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 13.44π + 138π + 114π

= 265.44π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
≈ 834.24 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the surface area of the cylindrical pipe is approximately 834.24 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K 10. The area of a rectangular dam is 28 km2. There are two cylindrical drainage pipes
E
Y with a cross-section of 18 m2 each, and they can drain water with a speed of
26.4 m per second. If it rains and the water level in this dam increases to 124 mm,
how long will it take to drain all the rainwater in minutes? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
124 mm = 12.4 cm = 0.124 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

28 km2 = 28,000,000 m2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Volume of rainwater = 28,000,000 × 0.124

= 3,472,000 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Volume of rainwater drained in 1 second = 18 × 26.4

= 475.2 m3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Time taken in draining rainwater = 3,472,000

≈ 61 minutes
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, it will take approximately 61 minutes to drain all the rainwater.

136
3.5 Volume and Surface Area of
Composite Solids
On this topic, we will learn how to solve problems related to the volume and the
surface area of composite solids from the following examples.
Worked Example 9
A box is made up of a rectangular prism of width 12 cm,
of length 32 cm and of height 18 cm, and a half-cylinder of
diameter 12 cm. (Take π ≈ 3.14.) Find the following: 18 cm
1) The volume of the box
2) The surface area of the box 12 cm 32 cm
Solution:
1) Method 1: Volume of rectangular prism = 12 × 32 × 18 K
= 6,912 cm3 E
Y
Volume of half-cylinder = 1 π(6)2(32)
2
≈ 1,809 cm3
Therefore, the volume of the box ≈ 6,912 + 1,809
= 8,721 cm3.
Method 2: Cross-section area of box = (12 × 18) + 12 π(6)2
= 216 + 18π
≈ 216 + 18(3.14)
= 272.52 cm2
Therefore, the volume of the box = 272.52 × 32
= 8,720.64 cm3.

137
2) The surface area of the box
= (2 × Area A) + (2 × Area B) + Base area of the box + Arc area
= 2 × [(12 × 18) + 12 π(6)2] + [2 × (32 × 18)] + (32 × 12) + 12 π(6)(32)
= 432 + 36π + 1,152 + 384 + 96π
= 1,968 + 132π 18 cm
≈ 1,968 + 132(3.14) A B
2 32 cm
≈ 2,382.48 cm 12 cm
Therefore, the surface area of the box is approximately 2,382.48 cm2.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3D Questions 1-5
1. The cross-section of a closed shipping container comprises H
20 cm G
a rectangle ADCB and an arc DEC, which is one fourths B
of the circle, where D is the center. Also, AB is 14 cm 14 cm C I
K long, AD is 9 cm long, and AI = BH = CG = DJ = EF = J F
E A
Y 20 cm. (Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following: 9 cm D
E
1) The volume of the shipping container
Volume of shipping container = (20 × 9 × 14) + 14 π(14)2(20)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 2,520 + 980( )
22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
7
= 5,600 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the shipping container is approximately 5,600 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the shipping container

Surface area of shipping container = 2[ 14 π(14)2] + 2(9 × 14) + 2(20 × 9) + 2(14 × 20)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ 14 2π(14)(20)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 98π + 252 + 360 + 560 + 140π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,172 + 238π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 1,172 + 238( )
22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
7
= 1,920 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the shipping container is approximately 1,920 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

138
2. A rectangular wood log of length 12 cm, of width 6 cm
and of height 8 cm is carved into a half-cylinder with a
diameter of 6 cm on the horizontal plane. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
8 cm 12 cm
Find the following:
6 cm
1) The volume of the carved wood log
Volume of carved wood log = (6 × 12 × 8) - 12 π(3)2(12)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 576 - 54π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 576 - (54 ×
22 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
7
≈ 406.29 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the carved wood log is approximately 406.29 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the carved wood log

Surface area of carved wood log = 2[(8 × 6) - 12 π(3)2] + 2(8 × 12) + 12 2π(3)(12) + (6 × 12)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 96 - 9π + 192 + 36π + 72
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 360 + 27π K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
≈ 360 + (27 ×
22 ) Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
≈ 444.86 cm 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the carved wood log is approximately 444.86 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 3C
Basic Level
1. A three-dimensional figure is made up of a small 7 cm 3 cm
rectangular prism of width 3 cm, of length 7 cm and of 2 cm
5 cm
height 2 cm, and a large rectangular prism of width 8 cm,
of length 12 cm and of height 5 cm. Find the following: 8 cm 12 cm

139
1) The volume of the three-dimensional figure
Volume of three-dimensional figure = (3 × 7 × 2) + (8 × 12 × 5)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 42 + 480
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 522 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the three-dimensional figure is 522 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the three-dimensional figure

Surface area of three-dimensional figure = 2(5 × 12) + 2(5 × 8) + 2(12 × 8) + 2(2 × 7) + 2(3 × 2)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 120 + 80 + 192 + 28 + 12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 432 cm2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the three-dimensional figure is 432 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Intermediate Level
2. A glass box is made up of a rectangular prism of width
24 cm, of length 56 cm and of height 40 cm, and a
one-fourths cylindrical prism of radius of 24 cm.
40 cm
(Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
56 cm
1) The volume of the glass box 24 cm
Volume of glass box = 14 π(24)2(56) + (24 × 56 × 40)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 8,064π + 53,760
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ (8,064 ×
22 ) + 53,760
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7
3
= 79,104 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the glass box is approximately 79,104 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

140
2) The surface area of the glass box
Surface area of glass box = 2[ 14 π(24)2] + [ 14 × 2π(24)(56)] + 2(40 × 24)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ [(24 + 40 + 24 + 40) × 56]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 288π + 672π + 1,920 + 7,168
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 960π + 9,088
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ (960 ×
22 ) + 9,088
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 2
≈ 12,105.14 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the glass box is approximately 12,105.14 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 cm
3. A large cylinder is 32 cm high with a diameter of 24 cm.
At its center, a hole in the shape of a small cylinder of 14 cm
height 14 cm and of diameter 10 cm is made as shown 32 cm
in the figure. (Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
1) The volume of the holed cylinder 24 cm
Volume of holed cylinder = π(12)2(32) - π(5)2(14)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
= 4,608π - 350π
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
= 4,258π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ (4,258 ×
22 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
73
≈ 13,382.29 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the holed cylinder is approximately 13,382.29 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the holed cylinder

Surface area of holed cylinder = 2π(12)(32) + 2π(5)(14) + 2[π(12)2]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 768π + 140π + 288π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,196π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
≈ 3,758.86 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the holed cylinder is approximately 3,758.86 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

141
4. A trapezoidal prism of height 70 cm has a cylindrical hole of diameter 30 cm. Also,
AB = DC = 40 cm; PQ = SR = 88 cm; PS = QR = AD = BC = 25 cm; AP = BQ
= DS = CR = 74 cm as shown in the figure. (Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
D 40 cm C
A B
30 cm
74 cm 70 cm

S R
P 88 cm Q cm
25

1) The volume of the prism

Volume of prism = [( 12 × (40 + 88) × 70) × 25] - π(15)2(25)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 112,000 - 5,625π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 112,000 - (5,625 ×
22 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
7
≈ 94,321.43 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K Therefore, the volume of the prism is approximately 94,321.43 cm3.

2) The surface area of the prism

Surface area of prism = [(74 + 40 + 74 + 88) × 25] + 2[( 12 × (40 + 88) × 70) - π(15)2]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ 2π(15)(25)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 6,900 + (8,960 - 450π) + 750π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 15,860 + 300π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 15,860 + (300 ×
22 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
7
≈ 16,802.86 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the prism is approximately 16,802.86 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
142
Advanced Level
5. A three-dimensional figure in the shape of a half-cylinder is 1.5 cm thick and 8
cm high with an inner radius of 6 cm long as shown in the figure. (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Find the following:
1.5 cm

6 cm
1.5 cm
8 cm
1) The volume of the three-dimensional figure
Volume of three-dimensional figure = 12 × [π(6 + 1.5)2 - π(6)2] × 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 4(56.25π - 36π)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 4(20.25π)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
= 81π
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
22 Y
≈ 81 ×
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 3
≈ 254.57 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the three-dimensional figure is approximately 254.57 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the three-dimensional figure

Surface area of three-dimensional figure = 2 × [ 12 × [π(7.5)2 - π(6)2]] + [ 12 × 2π(7.5) × 8]
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ [ 12 × 2π(6) × 8] + 2(1.5 × 8)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 20.25π + 60π + 48π + 24
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 24 + 128.25π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 24 + (128.25 ×
22 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
7
≈ 427.07 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the three-dimensional figure is approximately 427.07 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

143
Summary
Volume and surface area of prisms and cylinders
Name of Picture of the solid figure Volume Surface area
solid figure and its net

• Area of cross-section • 2(Base area)

+ Lateral area
Prism × Height
• Base area × Height • 2(Cross-section area)
+ Lateral area

K
E
Y

h
r

Cylinder πr 2h 2πr 2 + 2πrh

144
Review Exercise 3
1. Find the volume and the surface area of the following composite solids.
1) 2) 3 cm
6 cm 2 cm 6 cm
2 cm 3 cm
2 cm 2 cm
3 cm 3 cm 2 cm

3 cm
Volume = (3 × 6 × 2) + (3 × 12 × 2)
.............................................................................................................. Volume = (6 × 8 × 2) - (2 × 2 × 2)
..............................................................................................................
= 36 + 72
.............................................................................................................. = 96 - 8
..............................................................................................................
= 108 cm3
.............................................................................................................. = 88 cm3
..............................................................................................................
Surface area = 2(2 × 12) + 2(3 × 2) +
.............................................................................................................. Surface area = 2(2 × 6) + (2 × 8) +
..............................................................................................................
2(3 × 3) + 2(2 × 6) + 2(3
.............................................................................................................. 2(3 × 2) + 3(2 × 2) +
..............................................................................................................
× 2) + (3 × 6) + (3 × 12)
.............................................................................................................. 2[(6 × 8) - (2 × 2)]
..............................................................................................................
= 48 + 12 + 18 + 24 + 12
.............................................................................................................. = 24 + 16 + 12 + 12 + 88
.............................................................................................................. K
+ 18 + 36 = 152 cm2 E
.............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................. Y
= 168 cm2
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

2. The size of a brick is 18 × 9 × 6 cm. If we want to build a wall of 4.5 m long,

3.6 m high and 18 cm thick, how many bricks do we need?
Volume of 1 brick = 18 × 9 × 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 972 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Volume of wall = (4.5 × 100) × (3.6 × 100) × 18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2,916,000 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the number of bricks we need is volumevalume of the required wall ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of brick
we have = 2,916,000 = 3,000.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
972
Therefore, the number of bricks we need in building the wall is 3,000.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

145
3. A rectangular metal bar is 256 mm long, 152 mm wide and 81 mm high. If we want
to smelt this bar and molded it into a cube, how long will each side of the cube
be?
Volume of rectangular metal bar = 152 × 256 × 81
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 3,151,872 mm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Let  be the length of each side of the cube.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have 3 = 3,151,872
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
 = 3 3,151,872
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 146.62 mm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, each side of the cube will be approximately 146.62 mm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Find the surface area of a cube with a volume of 343 cm3.

Let  be the length of each side of the cube.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have 3 = 343
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E  = 3 343
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
= 7 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the surface area of the cube is 62 ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have 6(72) = 294 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the cube is 294 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. A gold bar in the shape of a trapezoidal prism is of length

45.5 cm as shown in the figure. Find the following: 20 cm
1) The volume of the gold bar 17 cm 45.5 cm
Volume of prism = base area × height. 26.5 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= [ 12 × (20 + 26.5) × 17] × 45.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 17,983.875 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the gold bar is 17,983.875 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

146
2) If this gold bar weighs 250 kg, find the volume of the 200 g gold bar in mm3.
Volume of 200-g gold bar = 250 17,983.875 × 200
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
× 1,000
= 14.3871 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 14.3871 × 1,000 mm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 14,387.1 mm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) The size of a gold-bar mold is shown below. If a 200-g gold bar can be made out
of this mold, find the value of x.

20 mm
15 mm 50 mm
x mm
Since the volume of a 200-g gold bar is 14,387.1 mm3,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have [ 12 × (20 + x) × 15] × 50 = 14,387.1
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
20 + x = 14,387.1 E
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
375 Y
x = 18.3656 mm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. A cylindrical bucket filled with water to the brim is of height 80 cm and of diameter
70 cm. At the bottom of the bucket, there is a cylindrical pipe draining water with
a speed of 0.2  per minute. How long will it take to reduce water to the level of
6 cm? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Since the base radius of the cylindrical bucket is 70 ÷ 2 = 35 cm,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the volume of 6-cm water in the bucket = π(35)2(6)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 7,350π cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
0.2  = 200 m = 200 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Time taken to reduce water to the level of 6 cm = 7,350 π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
200
≈ 116 minutes
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, it will take approximately 116 minutes to reduce the water to the level of 6 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

147
7. The base radius of a cylindrical bucket is 32 cm, and the level of water inside is
25 cm high. (Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
1) The volume of water in the cylindrical bucket
Volume of water in the cylindrical bucket = π(32)2(25)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 25,600π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 80,457.14 cm
3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of water in the cylindrical bucket is approximately 80,457.14 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The height of the water level in the cylindrical bucket if 2,000 metal cubes of side
2 m are filled in the bucket
Volume of water after 2,000 metal cubes are filled in the bucket
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25,600π + 2,000(2 × 2 × 2) = 25,600π + 16,000
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Let h be the height of the water after 2,000 metal cubes are filled in the bucket.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have π(32)2h = 25,600π + 16,000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
h = 25,600π + 16,000 ≈ 30 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
π(32)2
K Therefore, the height of the water after 2,000 metal cubes are filled in the bucket is
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
approximately 30 cm.
Y
8. A cylindrical metal pipe is 8.9 cm long with an inner diameter of 4.2 cm and an
outer diameter of 5 cm. (Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
1) The volume of metal used in making the pipe
Since the inner diameter is 4.2 ÷ 2 = 2.1 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and the outer diameter is 5 ÷ 2 = 2.5 cm,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have the volume of metal used in making this pipe = [π(2.5)2 - π(2.1)2] × 8.9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 16.376π ≈ 51.47 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of metal used in making the pipe is approximately 51.47 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The expenses of making this pipe if the metal price is 300 baht per kg and the
metal density is 2,700 kg per m3
51.47 cm3 = 0.00005147 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Expenses of making the pipe = 0.00005147 × 2,700 × 300
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 41.69 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the expenses of making the pipe is approximately 41.69 baht.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
148
9. An object is made up of a cylinder of height 14 cm and of diameter 12 cm and a
cuboid of width 18 cm, of length 22 cm and of height 8 cm as shown in the figure.
(Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:
12 cm

14 cm
8 cm

22 cm 18 cm

1) The volume of the object

Volume of object = π(6)2(14) + (18 × 22 × 8)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 504π + 3,168
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 4,752 cm
3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
Therefore, the volume of the object is approximately 4,752 cm3.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the object

Surface area of object = 2(22 × 18) + 2π(6)(14) + 2(8 × 22) + 2(8 × 18)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 792 + 168π + 352 + 288
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1,432 + 168π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
≈ 1,960 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the object is approximately 1,960 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

149
10. A wooden cuboid is 15 cm wide, 24 cm long and 16 cm high. At the center, a hole
in the shape of a cylinder of height 7 cm and of base radius 4 cm is made as shown
in the figure. (Take π ≈ 227 .) Find the following:

4 cm
7 cm
16 cm

24 cm
15 cm
1) The volume of the remaining wooden cuboid
Volume of remaining wooden cuboid = (15 × 24 × 16) - π(4)2(7)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5,760 - 112π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 5,408 cm
3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K Therefore, the volume of the remaining wooden cuboid is approximately 5,408 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The colored surface area of the holed wooden cuboid if it is thoroughly colored
Surface area of colored wooden cuboid = 2π(4)(7) + 2(15 × 24) + 2(16 × 24) + 2(16 × 15)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 56π + 720 + 768 + 480
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 56π + 1,968
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
≈ 2,144 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the colored surface area of the holed wooden cuboid is approximately 2,144 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

150
Challenge Yourself
A rectangular box is 70 cm long, 50 cm wide and 30 cm high. At the center of each
face, a hole in the shape of a rectangle is made. The cross-sections of each hole is in
the shape of a square of side 10 cm. All the holes are connected to each other. Find
the following:

1) The volume of the box

Volume of box = volume of full box - volume of inner holes
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
= [50 × 70 × 30] - [(10 × 10 × 70) + 2(10 × 10 × 10) + 2(10 × 10 × 20)] E
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
= 105,000 - (7,000 + 2,000 + 4,000)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 105,000 - 13,000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 92,000 cm3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the box is 92,000 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The surface area of the box

Surface area of box = Surface area of full box - Cross-section area of every face
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= [2(50 × 30) + 2(70 × 30) + 2(50 × 70) + 4(10 × 60) + 8(10 × 10)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ 8(10 × 20)] - 6(10 × 10)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (3,000 + 4,200 + 7,000 + 2,400 + 800 + 1,600) - 600
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 19,000 - 600
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 18,400 cm2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of the box is 18,400 cm2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

151
K
E
Y

152
Chapter 4
Statistics
In 2019, the total fertility rate (TFR) of Thailand was
equal to 1.5. According to the data, how can we apply the
knowledge of statistics to find this fertility rate?

K
E
Y

Indicator
• Understand and apply the knowledge of statistics to display and
analyze data from dot plots, stem-and-leaf plots, histograms
and middle values, including interpreting results, and to solve
real-world problems with a suitable technology. (MA 3.1 G. 8/1)
Compulsory Details
• Display and analysis of data by using:
- Dot plots
- Histograms
- Stem-and-leaf plots
- Measures of central tendency
• Interpretation of results
• Real-life applications of statistics

153
4.1 Dot Plots
A dot plot is a type of data representation, which displays the number or frequency
of each data set by using dots. These dots are plotted above a horizontal number line,
and each dot represents 1 unit of data value.

Worked Example 1 ATTENTION

The amounts of times taken in traveling from home to the From Worked Example 1, we
workplace of 12 employees (in minutes) are shown below: will never draw a dot plot with
unequal gaps on the number
20 22 21 21 18 18 line as shown below:
28 20 22 23 22 20
18 20 21 22 23 28
1) Draw a dot plot.
K
E 2) Describe data based on the dot plot.
Y
Solution:
1) The steps to drawing a dot plot are as follows:
(1) Determine data. For this set of data, it ranges from 18 to 28 minutes.
(2) Draw a number line on the horizontal axis and label it with values based on (1)
with equal gaps.
(3) Plot above the number line to display the numbers or frequencies of the data
set.

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Amounts of times taken in traveling from home to the workplace (min)

154
2) According to the dot plot, the amounts of times taken in traveling from home to the
workplace of 12 employees range from 18 to 28 minutes, in which most employees
in this group take 20 to 23 minutes to travel, and the longest travel time is 28
minutes.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4A Question 1, 4D Question 4(1)
The math exam scores of 16 students in Secondary 2 are shown below:
3 18 20 19 14 9 8 13
16 19 14 10 14 10 12 10
1) Draw a dot plot.
The steps to drawing a dot plot are as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(1) Determine data. For this set of data, it ranges from 3 to 20 scores.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2) Draw a number line on the horizontal axis and label it with values based on (1) with
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal gaps. K
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
(3) Plot above the number line to display the numbers or frequencies of the data set.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Math exam scores

2) Describe the data based on the dot plot.

According to the dot plot, the math exam scores of 16 students in Secondary 2 range
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
from 3 to 20 scores, in which the lowest score is 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

155
Worked Example 2
The weights of 24 students in Secondary 2 (in kilograms) are shown below:

25 30 35 40

Weights of students (kg)

From the dot plot, answer the following questions:
1) How much do most students weigh?
2) What percentage of all the students is the students who weigh 32 kg or more?
K 3) Describe the data based on the dot plot.
E
Y
Answers:
1) Most students weigh 32 kg.
2) The students who weigh 32 kg or more is 15 24 × 100 = 62.5% of all the students.
3) According to the dot plot, the weights of 24 students in Secondary 2 range from
25 to 40 kg, in which most students weigh 32 kg, the heaviest weight is 40 kg,
and the lightest weight is 25 kg.

156
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4A Question 3
The ages of contestants on a singing competition TV show (in years) are shown below:

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Ages of contestants on the show (years)

From the dot plot, answer the following questions:
1) How old is the youngest contestant?
The youngest contestant is 11 years old.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) How old are most contestants?

Most contestants are 22 years old.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) Describe the data based on the dot plot.

According to the dot plot, the ages of 20 contestants on this singing competition TV show
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
range from 11 to 29 years old, in which the youngest contestant is 11 years old, and the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
oldest contestant is 29 years old.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

157
4.2 Stem-and-Leaf Plots
A stem-and-leaf plot is a statistical table ATTENTION

comprises a stem and a leaf, which we will learn A stem-and-leaf plot is used for
about from the following data set. displaying quantitative data. This plot
is split into leaf format and arranged
20 24 24 25 25 28 29 30 30 from smallest to largest with no
36 37 37 37 37 37 37 38 38 commas between data.
39 40 44 44 48 30 36 38 39
From the above, they are all two-digit numbers, where 2, 3 and 4 are the digits
in the tens place. To draw a stem-and-leaf plot, the data set is split into a stem and
a leaf; that is, digits in the ones place are the leaf, and digits in the tens place are the
stem.
Digits in the tens place Stem Leaf
K arranged from smallest 2 0 4 4 5 5 8 9
E to largest in the stem
Y 3 0 0 0 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9
column
4 0 4 4 8
Digits in the ones place arranged from smallest
to largest in the leaf column
Worked Example 3
The amounts of 10 cups of salt (in grams) are shown below:
56 58 67 72 61 63 76 50 64 79
Draw a stem-and-leaf plot.
Solution:
From the given data set, it can be displayed by a stem-and-leaf plot as follows:
Stem Leaf
5 0 6 8
6 1 3 4 7
7 2 6 9
158
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4A Question 2
The Thai language exam scores of 12 students are shown below:
20 33 30 59 14 41
56 12 37 44 23 35
Draw a stem-and-leaf plot.
Stem Leaf
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 2 4
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 0 3
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 0 3 5 7
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 1 4
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 6 9
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 4
K
The weights of 22 students in Secondary 2 (in kilograms) are shown below: E
Y
44 52 60 49 35 56 35 44 61 40 53
57 41 50 48 44 54 39 54 38 44 50
1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot.
2) How much do most students weigh?
3) What is the ratio of the students who weigh more than 40 kg but less than 55 kg
to all the students?
Solution:
1) From the given data set, it can be displayed by a stem-and-leaf plot as follows:
Stem Leaf
3 5 5 8 9
4 0 1 4 4 4 4 8 9
5 0 0 2 3 4 4 6 7
6 0 1
159
2) Most students weigh 44 kg.
3) The ratio of the students who weigh more than 40 kg but less than 55 kg to all the
students is 13 : 22.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4A Questions 4, 7
The weights of boxes (in kilograms) are shown below:
99 80 83 90 84 78 86 86 87 89 92 89 90 74 90 91
91 92 95 96 97 97 70 88 71 88 72 90 74 86 76 78
1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot.
From to the given data set, it can be displayed by a stem-and-leaf plot as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stem Leaf
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 0 1 2 4 4 6 8 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K 8 0 3 4 6 6 6 7 8 8 9 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E 9 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 5 6 7 7 9
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) How much do most boxes weigh?

Most boxes weigh 90 kg.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) What percentage of all the boxes is the boxes weighing more than 85 kg but less
than 90 kg?
The boxes weighing more than 85 kg but less than 90 kg is 328 × 100 = 25% of all the boxes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

160
Also, we can use a stem-and-leaf plot to display two sets of data, where these sets
of data share the same stem with leaves on both side of it. See the following example:

Worked Example 5
Turtles of the same species live in two habitats. The body length of each turtle is
measured (in millimeters) and recorded in the table below:
55 60 71 50 70 69 53
Habitat A
50 55 62 58 64 65
60 68 63 59 77 73 69
Habitat B
64 69 75 72 70 55
1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot using the same stem.
2) Which habitat is more suitable for the growth of turtles?
K
Solution: E
Y
1) From the given data set, it can be displayed by a stem-and-leaf plot as follows:
(1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot based on the data of Habitat A.
(2) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot based on the data of Habitat B by sharing the
same stem with that of Habitat A.
Leaf (Habitat B) Stem Leaf (Habitat A)
9 5 5 0 0 3 5 5 8
9 9 8 4 3 0 6 0 2 4 5 9
7 5 3 2 0 7 0 1
2) Habitat B is more suitable for the growth of turtles than Habitat A because the body
lengths of the turtles in Habitat B are longer, which range from 70 to 77 mm.

161
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4A Questions 5-6
The times Mana and Manee spend on a computer for 20 days (in minutes) are shown
below:
83 59 83 89 77 72 81 91 98 58
Mana
83 47 70 65 65 84 88 81 89 99
41 79 52 90 85 78 82 53 84 49
Manee
43 42 92 49 82 46 52 46 95 78
1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot using the same stem.
From the given data set, it can be displayed by a stem-and-leaf plot as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot based on the data of Mana.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot based on the data of Manee by sharing the same stem with
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
that of Mana.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Leaf (Manee) Stem Leaf (Mana)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K 9 9 6 6 3 2 1 4 7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E 3 2 2 5 8 9
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 5 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 8 8 7 0 2 7
5 4 2 2 8 1 1 3 3 3 4 8 9 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 2 0 9 1 8 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) In 1 day, who spends the longest time on a computer?

In...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 day, Mana spends the longest time on a computer, which is 99 minutes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) In 1 day, who spends the shortest time on a computer?

In...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 day, Manee spends the shortest time on a computer, which is 41 minutes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) In general, who spends longer time on a computer? Explain.

It...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is Mana because she spends her time on a computer in the range of 80 to 89 minutes,
while Manee spends her time on a computer in the range of 40 to 49 minutes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

162
Exercise 4A
Basic Level
1. The weights of 16 rice bags (in kilograms) are shown below:
43 30 26 25 36 25 36 36
25 36 30 20 15 20 15 23
1) Draw a dot plot.

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
K
Weights of rice per bag (kg) E
Y
2) What is the lightest weight of rice per bag in kg?
The lightest weight of rice per bag is 15 kg.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) How much does rice per bag mostly weigh in kg?

Rice per bag mostly weighs 36 kg.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) How many bags of rice weighing less than 30 kg are there?

There are 9 bags of rice weighing less than 30 kg.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

163
2. The times that 20 students spent in doing assignments (in hours) are shown below:
3.5 7.0 4.8 2.8 5.5 6.8 6.6 5.5 4.5 2.5
6.5 3.6 3.3 4.0 3.5 7.5 4.8 6.5 6.4 2.8
1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot.
From the given data set, it can be displayed by a stem-and-leaf plot as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stem Leaf
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 5 8 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 3 5 5 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 0 5 8 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 5 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 4 5 5 6 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 0 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 5 representing 2.5 hours

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E 2) What percentage of all the students is the students who spend less than 3 hours?
Y
The students who spend less than 3 hours is 203 × 100 = 15% of all the students.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) If 2 marks are deducted from students who spend more than 6 hours, what fraction
of all the students is the students who have 2 marks deducted?
The number of students who have 2 marks deducted is 7, which is 207 of all the students.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

164
Intermediate Level
3. The math exam scores based on gender are shown on a dot plot below:

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Math exam scores of female students

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Math exam scores of male students
1) With more than 15 marks, students will pass the exam. Then, how many male
students who failed the exam are there?
There are 2 male students who failed the exam.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) With more than 25 marks, students will receive outstanding awards. Find the following:
K
(1) The percentage of the male students who received outstanding awards of all E
Y
the male students
2 × 100% = 16 2 %
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 3
(2) The percentage of the female students who received outstanding awards of all
the female students
4 × 100% = 33 1 %
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 3
3) Which gender group of the students receives better scores on the math exam?
Explain.
The female students receive better scores because the percentage of the female students
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
who received outstanding awards is higher than that of the male students.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. The number of chocolate in each box (in pieces) is shown on a stem-and-leaf plot
below:
Stem Leaf
2 0 2 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 8 9 9 9
3 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 7 7 8 8
4 0 1 2 3 3 3 5 5 6 8
165
1) How many pieces of chocolate are there in most boxes?
There are 26 pieces of chocolate in most boxes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) What percentage of all the boxes is the boxes containing at least 25 pieces but
less than 32 pieces of chocolate?
The boxes containing at least 25 pieces but less than 32 pieces of chocolate is 14 40 × 100%
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35% of all the boxes.

5. The geography exam scores of School P and School Q are shown on a stem-and-
leaf plot below:
Leaf (School P) Stem Leaf (School Q)
4 0 5 2 6 8 9
9 9 6 6 2 5 8 8 9 9
9 8 5 3 2 0 7 4 6 7 8 8 9
K 9 9 9 7 7 6 6 4 2 8 0 3 4 4 6 7 7
E
Y 9 8 8 7 6 6 3 2 0 9 0 2 7 8
10 0 0
1) Which school receives the highest score?
School Q receives the highest score, which is 100.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Which school receives the lowest score?

School P receives the lowest score, which is 50.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) Which school receives better scores? Explain.

School P receives better scores because there are 18 students who received at least 80
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
scores or more, which is 18 29 of all the students, while school Q has 13 students who received
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
least 80 scores or more, which is 13
at...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
29 of all the students.

166
6. The math exam scores of 2 groups of students in Secondary 2 are shown on a
stem-and-leaf plot below:
Leaf (Group B) Stem Leaf (Group A)
3 1 9
2 4 5 5 7
6 5 5 0 0 5 9
9 9 8 7 6 5 6 0 3 6 8 9
9 8 5 2 0 7 0 0 7
8 7 2 0 8 5
4 2 0 9 8
1) What percentage of all the students in each group is the students who received at
least 70 scores or more?
The students in Group A who received at least 70 scores or more is 205 × 100% = 25% of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
all the students in this group.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The students in Group B who received at least 70 scores or more is 12 20 × 100% = 60% of
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
all the students in this group. E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
2) Which group of students receives better scores? Explain.
Group B receives better scores because the percentage of the students who received at least
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
70 scores or more is higher than that of Group A.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
7. A group of students had planted 14 trees. After 8 weeks, they measured the heights
of the trees (in centimeters) and recorded in the table below:
4.5 8.6 5.6 5.5 8.1 4.4 6.5
8.1 4.7 7.2 6.0 5.3 7.2 7.2
From the above, should we use a dot plot or stem-and-leaf plot to present them?
According to the given data set, the heights of the trees range from 4.4 to 8.6 cm with only
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
two repeated values, i.e. 7.2 and 8.1. Since the values are extremely different and there are
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
very few repeated values, a stem-and-leaf plot should be used.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
167
4.3 Histograms
1. Histograms of Ungrouped Data
The following data set is the math exam scores of 40 students in Secondary 2,
where the full score is 10.
8 6 4 3 5 5 2 9 2 7
9 3 3 7 7 5 8 3 7 3
4 8 7 8 2 4 6 2 4 1
7 7 6 2 6 4 4 6 10 6
In statistics, we call the given data raw data, raw scores or observed values, in
which there might be several repeated values. We should systematically list the data
values, possibly from smallest to largest, and record them in a table with tally marks
K or tallies representing the number of repeated values. The number of marks of each
E
Y data set is called the frequency of data, and the recording table is called a frequency
distribution table. This method of grouping data is called a frequency distribution.
Exam score Tally Frequency
1 l 1
2 llll 5
3 llll 5
4 llll l 6
5 lll 3
6 llll l 6
7 llll ll 7
8 llll 4
9 ll 2
10 l 1
Total 40

168
Also, we can display data in the above table with a histogram as follows:

Frequency

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

0 1 Exam score K
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E
Y

From the histogram, all the rectangular bars are of equal width and are arranged
orderly based on the data in the frequency distribution table, in which the height of each
bar shows the frequency of a particular data value.

Journal Writing
1. What are the similarities or differences between a dot plot and a histogram?
2. In what situation is a dot plot more suitable to display data than a histogram? And
in what situation is a histogram more suitable to display data than a dot plot?

169
Worked Example 6
The average sleep hours of 30 students in Secondary 2 are shown below:
8 7 6 4 8 9 5 3 10 6
6 5 3 8 7 5 7 4 9 8
8 5 5 5 9 4 10 9 6 5
1) Construct a frequency distribution table.
2) Draw a histogram.
Solution:
1) From the given data, we can construct a frequency distribution table as follows:
Average sleep hour 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Frequency 2 3 7 4 3 5 4 2
K 2) According to 1), we can draw a histogram as follows:
E
Y

Frequency

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Average sleep hour

170
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4B Questions 1, 3
The survey of the math exam scores of 30 students in Primary 1 is shown below:
3 4 6 0 2 2 4 3 5 3
4 2 2 3 1 5 3 0 4 5
4 3 4 0 3 2 6 3 1 0
1) Construct a frequency distribution table.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exam score 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Frequency 4 2 5 8 6 3 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Draw a histogram. K
E
Frequency Y
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 Exam score
0 1 2 3 4 5 6

171
2. Histograms of Grouped Data
The lengths of 40 leaves in different species (in millimeters) are shown below:
40 54 31 50 58 45 47 49 33 32
52 31 52 41 47 44 46 39 41 59
49 38 43 48 43 43 40 51 40 56
31 53 44 37 35 37 33 38 46 36
From the given data set, the values are not arranged from smallest to greatest or
vice versa, and there is a huge gap between the greatest and smallest values. If we
put them in a frequency distribution table, the table will be too long. According to this,
we should group the data into classes, in which each class has equal length or equal
class interval. Then, we construct a frequency distribution table and a histogram. The
steps to constructing a frequency distribution table of grouped data are as follows:
Step 1: Find the range of data.
K
E Range = Greatest value - Smallest value
Y
= 59 - 31
= 28
Step 2: Specify the desired number of classes and find the length of each class or
the class interval, in which the number of classes is based on data quantity
and a particular purpose. If there are many classes, then a histogram will
display the spread of data clearer than fewer classes, but it will also take
a long time to construct. Here is the formula to find a class interval:
Class interval = NumberRangeof classes
If the calculated class interval is a decimal, then we have to round it up
to a whole number.
For example: Number of classes = 6
Class interval = 286
≈ 4.67 ≈ 5

172
Number of classes = 7
Class interval = 287
= 4
Step 3: Construct a frequency distribution table with three columns.
Column 1 displays the number of classes and their lengths or their class
interval by starting from the class interval with the smallest value to the
class interval with the largest value, or vice versa.
Column 2 displays the tallies that represent frequencies of data in each
class interval, where 1 data unit equals 1 mark.
Column 3 displays frequencies obtained by counting tallies.
For example: Given that the number of classes = 6,
we have the class interval = 5.
Then, we start the table from the class interval with the smallest value to
the class interval with the largest value. K
E
Y
Leaf length
Tally Frequency
(mm)
31-35 llll ll 7
36-40 llll llll 9
41-45 llll lll 8
46-50 llll lll 8
51-55 llll 5
56-60 lll 3
Total 40
The class intervals in the above frequency distribution table can be displayed on
a number line below:
31-35 36-40 41-45 46-50 51-55 56-60
31 35 36 40 41 45 46 50 51 55 56 60
173
We can see that consecutive or neighboring classes are not connected to each
other. For example, the intervals 31-35 and 36-40 are interrupted at 35-36. So, upper
and lower class limits are specified in order to connect the data of each class interval
in a frequency distribution table. Here is the formula to find upper and lower class limits:

Upper class limit = Largest value of class + Smallest

2
value of next class

Lower class limit = Smallest value of class + Largest

2
value of previus class

We can construct a frequency distribution table with lower and upper class limits
as follows:
Leaf length Class limit
lower - upper Frequency
(mm)
31-35 30.5-35.5 7
K
E 36-40 35.5-40.5 9
Y
41-45 40.5-45.5 8
46-50 45.5-50.5 8
51-55 50.5-55.5 5
56-60 55.5-60.5 3
Total 40
The lower and upper class limits of each interval can be displayed on a number
line below:
30.5-35.5 35.5-40.5 40.5-45.5 45.5-50.5 50.5-55.5 55.5-60.5
31 35 36 40 41 45 46 50 51 55 56 60
We can see that the values of consecutive classes are now connected to each other.
According to the above table, a histogram can be drawn as in the following steps:

174
Step 1: Specify rectangular coordinates, where the vertical axis is the frequency of
data and the horizontal axis is the leaf length.
Step 2: Specify dots on the horizontal axis to show each class's upper and lower
class limits, where the gap between two consecutive dots always equals.
Step 3: Connect the consecutive dots in Step 2 to create a rectangle, where its width
equals the gap between the two dots and its height equals the frequency
of each class interval.
ATTENTION
Frequency
12 If we draw a line segment to connect
the middle points on the tops of all
10 the rectangles together, in which both
ends of the line segment must meet
8 the horizontal axis, then we will get
a polygon, and we call this type of
6 polygon a frequency polygon.
Frequency
4 K
12 E
2 10 Y
Leaf length 8
0
(mm) 6
40.5

50.5

60.5
55.5
30.5

45.5
35.5

4
The advantage of presenting data with a 2
Leaf length
histogram is that we can easily find the highest and 0 (mm)
30.5
35.5
40.5
45.5
50.5
55.5
60.5

lowest frequencies of a data set, which is suitable

for a large volume of data. However, the disadvantage of it is that a histogram is unable
to display the actual values of data because it shows only frequencies of data.

Journal Writing
In what situation is a stem-and-leaf plot more suitable to display data than a histogram?
And, in what situation is a histogram more suitable to display data than a stem-and-
leaf plot?
175
Worked Example 7
The survey of the leaf lengths of 30 rubber trees in different species (in millimeters) is
shown below:
137 152 147 134 147 141 157 132 153 166
147 136 146 142 162 169 149 135 166 148
157 141 146 147 163 133 148 150 136 127
1) Construct a frequency distribution table with 120-129 as the first interval.
2) Draw a histogram.
Solution:
1)
Leaf length Class limit
lower - upper Tally Frequency
(mm)
120-129 119.5-129.5 l 1
K
E
Y
130-139 129.5-139.5 llll ll 7
140-149 139.5-149.5 llll llll ll 12
150-159 149.5-159.5 llll 5
160-169 159.5-169.5 llll 5
Total 30
2)
Frequency

15
10
5
0 Leaf length (mm)
119.5
129.5
139.5
149.5
159.5
169.5

176
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4B Questions 2-4
The survey of the waiting times of 36 patients in a hospital (in minutes) is shown below:
12 17 25 34 46 18 11 8 13
14 22 45 48 35 52 23 37 16
51 27 19 23 29 32 31 43 16
44 31 16 9 10 14 16 39 29
1) Construct a frequency distribution table with 5-9 as the first interval.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

30-34 29.5-34.5 llll 4

35-39 34.5-39.5 lll

177
2) Draw a histogram.

Frequency

7
6
5
4
3
2

K 1
E Waiting
Y 0 time
4.5
9.5
14.5
19.5
24.5
29.5
34.5
39.5
44.5
49.5
54.5
(min)

Performance Task
Measure the lengths of your classmates’ shoes in centimeters and record the results.
Construct a frequency distribution table and a histogram according to the collected data.
Then, interpret the data based on your histogram and present it to the class.

178
Exercise 4B
Basic Level
1. The survey of the amounts of times spent in checking students’ homework of teachers
(in hours) is shown below:
6 4 3 1 2 2 3 1 4 1 2 5 3
4 5 2 2 3 3 1 2 2 3 1 4 2
1) Construct a frequency distribution table.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Amount of time spent daily in checking
1 2 3 4 5 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
homework (hours)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Frequency 5 8 6 4 2 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Draw a histogram.
K
Frequency E
Y
8
6
4
2
0 Amount of time spent
1 2 3 4 5 6 (hr)

3) How many hours do most teachers take to check students’ homework per day?
Most teachers take 2 hours to check students’ homework per day.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) How many teachers are there according to the collected data?

The number of teachers in the collected data is 5 + 8 + 6 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 26.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

179
5) From the collected data, what is the ratio of the teachers who spend 3 hours to
check students’ homework to all the teachers?
The ratio of the teachers who spend 3 hours to check students’ homework to all the teachers
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 3
is...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
26 = 13 = 3 : 13.
2. The numbers of computers purchased per day for 19 days are shown in a frequency
distribution table below:
Number of purchased Class limit Frequency
computers lower - upper
1-5 0.5-5.5 9
6-10 5.5-10.5 5
11-15 10.5-15.5 2
16-20 15.5-20.5 2
21-25 20.5-25.5 1
K
E
Y 1) Construct a histogram.

Frequency
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 Number of purchased
computers
10.5
15.5
20.5
25.5
0.5
5.5

2) What is the number of days where at least 16 computers or more were purchased
in one day?
The number of days where at least 16 computers or more were purchased in one day is
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ 1 = 3.

180
Intermediate Level
3. The numbers of rotten oranges among 100 crates of oranges shipped from Country
A are shown below:
Number of rotten oranges 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of crates 4 9 12 28 22 15 5 2 2 1
The numbers of rotten oranges among 100 crates of oranges shipped from Country
B are shown below:
Number of rotten oranges 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of crates 51 30 8 4 1 2 2 1 1
1) Draw a histogram of the rotten oranges from each country.
Frequency
60
45 K
E
Y
30
15
0 0 Number of rotten
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 oranges

Country A
Frequency
60
45
30
15
Number of rotten
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 oranges

Country B
181
2) What is the total number of rotten oranges from each country?
Total number of rotten oranges from Country A Total number of rotten oranges from Country B
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(4 × 0) + (9 × 1) + (12 × 2) + (28 × 3) = (51 × 0) + (30 × 1) + (8 × 2) + (4 × 3)
+ (22 × 4) + (15 × 5) + (5 × 6) + (2 × 7) + (1 × 4) + (2 × 5) + (2 × 6) + (1 × 7)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ (2 × 8) + (1 × 9) + (1 × 8)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
0 + 9 + 24 + 84 + 88 + 75 + 30 + 14 = 0 + 30 + 16 + 12 + 4 + 10 + 12 + 7 + 8
+ 16 + 9 = 99
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
349
Therefore, the total number of rotten oranges from Country A is 349, and the total number
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
rotten oranges from Country B is 99.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K 4. The statistics of the time records (in seconds) of female gold medalists in Olympics
E swimming competitions in the 100-meter freestyle program from 1920-2012 are
Y
shown below:
Year Time record (sec) Year Time record (sec)
1920 73.6 1972 58.59
1924 72.4 1976 55.65
1928 71.0 1980 54.79
1932 66.8 1984 55.92
1936 65.9 1988 54.93
1948 66.3 1992 54.64
1952 66.8 1996 54.50
1956 62.0 2000 53.83
1960 61.2 2004 53.84
1964 59.5 2008 53.12
1968 60.0 2012 53.00
182
1) Complete the following frequency distribution table.
Swimming time record Class limit
lower - upper Frequency
(sec)
50.00-54.99 49.995-54.995 8
55.00-59.99 54.995-59.995 4
60.00-64.99 59.995-64.995 3
65.00-69.99 64.995-69.995 4
70.00-74.99 69.995-74.995 3

2) Draw a histogram.

Frequency

8 K
E
6
Y

4
2
0 Swimming time record
(sec)
49.995
54.995
59.995
64.995
69.995
74.995

3) According to the statistics of female gold medalists in Olympics swimming competitions

from 1920-2012, what do you think the tendencies of the competitions would be in
the following years? Explain.
The time taken to finish the competitions would be less because of the advances in sports
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
science, including more experience swimmers and coaches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

183
4.4 Arithmetic Mean
1. Statistical Mean
In Secondary 1, we have learned about displaying data with graphs and pictograms.
Also, we have learned that each data set can be calculated into numbers and summarized
into statistics.
On this topic, we will learn how to find the middle value that represents a data set.
There are three well-known types of middle values, i.e. arithmetic mean, median and
mode. We call the method of finding these values the measures of central tendency.
2. Arithmetic Mean
Take a look at the following heights of 6 students in Secondary 2 (in centimeters):
156 167 149 155 171 168
K
E In the primary level, the method of finding the average height of these 6 students
Y
is done by adding all the students’ heights together and dividing the sum by the total
number of students. In statistics, we call it arithmetic mean.
Sum of all the data
Arithmetic mean = Total number of data

Worked Example 8
The heights of 6 students are 156, 167, 149, 155, 171 and 168 (in centimeters). Find
the arithmetic mean of this data set.
Solution:
Arithmetic mean Sum of all the data
= Total number of data
= 156 + 167 + 149 +6 155 + 171 + 168
= 161
Therefore, the arithmetic mean of the heights of these students is 161 cm.
184
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4C Questions 1-2
The English exam scores of 8 students are 79, 58, 73, 66, 50, 89, 91 and 58. Find the
arithmetic mean of this data set.
Sum of all the data
Arithmetic mean = Total number of data
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 9
The arithmetic mean of 10, 15, 12, 20 and x is 13. Find the value of x.
Solution:
Sum of all the data
Arithmetic mean = Total number of data
13 = 10 + 15 + 512 + 20 + x K
E
Y
65 = 10 + 15 + 12 + 20 + x
65 = 57 + x
x = 8
Therefore, the value of x is 8.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4C Question 3
The arithmetic mean of 44, 47, y, 58 and 55 is 52. Find the value of y.
Arithmetic mean = Total Sum of all the data
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
number of data
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
52 = 44 + 47 + 5y + 58 + 55
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
260 = 44 + 47 + y + 58 + 55
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
260 = 204 + y
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y = 56
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of y is 56.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

185
Worked Example 10
The arithmetic mean of 15, 17, 20, 22, x and x is 17. Find the following:
1) The sum of all the data
2) The value of x
Solution:
1) Since the arithmetic mean Sum of all the data ,
= Total number of data
we have the sum of all the data = Arithmetic mean × Total number of data
= 17 × 6
= 102.
Therefore, the sum of data is 102.
2) Since the sum of all the data = 15 + 17 + 20 + 22 + x + x,
K we have 102 = 74 + 2x
E 28 = 2x
Y
x = 14.
Therefore, the value of x is 14.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4C Questions 4-5, 8-10, 12
The arithmetic mean of 3, 17, 20, 4, 15, y and y is 11. Find the following:
1) The sum of all the data
Since the arithmetic mean = Sum of all the data ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total number of data
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have the sum of data = Arithmetic mean × Total number of data

= 11 × 7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 77.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the sum of all the data is 77.

186
2) The value of y
Since the sum of all data = 3 + 17 + 20 + 4 + 15 + y + y,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have 77 = 59 + 2y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 = 2y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y = 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of y is 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 11
The salaries of employees in a company are shown below:
Salary (baht) 15,000 16,000 19,000 21,000 25,000
Number of employees 20 8 10 7 5

1) How many employees are there in this company? ATTENTION

2) How much does the company have to pay all The arithmetic mean of salaries is the
same as the average salary. K
the employees per month? E
Y
3) How much is the average salary of the employees?
Solution:
1) Total number of employees = 20 + 8 + 10 + 7 + 5
= 50
Therefore, there are 50 employees in this company.
2) Amount of money the company has to pay these employees per month
= (20 × 15,000) + (8 × 16,000) + (10 × 19,000) + (7 × 21,000) + (5 × 25,000)
= 890,000
Therefore, the amount of money the company has to pay all the employees per
month is 890,000 baht.
3) Average salary of employees = 890,000
50
= 17,800
Therefore, the average salary of the employees is 17,800 baht.

187
Similar Questions
Exercise 4C Questions 6, 11
Practice Now Exercise 4D Questions 5(1)-(2)
The expenses of tourists in a festival are shown below:

Expenses (baht) 400 600 800 1,000 1,600 2,000

Number of tourists 12 32 54 68 18 16

1) How many tourists are there in this festival?

Total number of tourists = 12 + 32 + 54 + 68 + 18 + 16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 200
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, there are 200 tourists in this festival.

K
E 2) How much did the tourists spend in total?
Y
Total expenses of tourists in this festival
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(12 × 400) + (32 × 600) + (54 × 800) + (68 × 1,000) + (18 × 1,600) + (16 × 2,000)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
196,000
Therefore, the tourists spent 196,000 baht in total.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) How much are the average expenses of the tourists?

Average expenses = 196,000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
200
= 980
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the average expenses of the tourists are 980 baht.

188
If each data set comprises x1, x2, x3, ..., xn, where the frequencies are f1, f2, f3, ...,
fn, respectively, we might display the data in a frequency distribution table as follows:
Data x1 x2 x3 ... xn
Frequency f1 f2 f3 ... fn

From the above, we can find arithmetic mean by the following:

f1x1 + f2x2 + f3x3 + .... + fnxn
Arithmetic mean = f1 + f2 + f3 + ... + fn

Worked Example 12
The weights of 14 boxes (in kilograms) are shown on a dot plot below:
K
E
Y

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Weights of boxes (kg)

Find the average weight of the boxes.
Solution:
Average weight of boxes
= (1 × 28) + (1 × 30) + (3 × 31) + (4 × 33) + (2 × 34) + (1 × 35) + (1 × 36) + (1 × 40)
14
462
= 14
= 33
Therefore, the average weight of the boxes is 33 kg.

189
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4C Question 7
Exercise 4D Question 4(2)
The numbers of 15 students’ siblings are shown on a dot plot below:

0 1 2 3 4

Numbers of students’ siblings

Find the average number of students’ siblings.
Average number of students’ siblings = (1 × 0) + (6 × 1) + (3 15× 2) + (2 × 3) + (3 × 4)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 30 15
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E Therefore, the average number of students’ siblings is 2.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y

Exercise 4C
Basic Level
1. The number of Secondary 2 students in each class room is shown below:
29 42 44 39 36 41 38 37 43 35 32 40
Find the average number of students per classroom.
Average number of students per classroom = Total Sum of all the students
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
number of classroom
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
29 + 42 + 44 + 39 + 36 + 41 + 38 + 37 + 43 + 35 + 32 + 40
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
456
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
38
Therefore, the average number of students per classroom is 38.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

190
2. The Thai language exam scores of 10 students are shown below:
37 25 34 39 46 41 38 27 36 43
Find the arithmetic mean of the students’ exam scores.
Arithmetic mean = Total Sum of all the scores
number of students
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The arithmetic mean of 7, 15, 12, 5, h and 13 is 10. Find the value of h.
Arithmetic mean = 7 + 15 + 12 6+ 5 + h + 13
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 = 52 6+ h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
60 = 52 + h
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
h = 8
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
Therefore, the value of h is 8.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
4. The average weight of 5 boys is 62 kg. If the weight of one boy is deducted, which
makes the average weight of the rest be 64 kg, then how much does this boy weigh?
Since the average weight of 5 boys = Weight sum5 of 5 boys ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have the weight sum of 5 boys = 5 × Average weight of 5 boys

= 5 × 62
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 310.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since the average weight of 4 boys = Weight sum4 of 4 boys

we have the weight sum of 4 boys = 4 × Average weight of 4 boys

= 4 × 64
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 256.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the deducted weight of the boy is 310 - 256 = 54 kg.

191
5. The arithmetic mean of 8 data units is 12, where 5 data units are 6, 8, 5, 10 and
28, and the rest are 3 k’s. Find the following:
1) The sum of all the data 2) The value of k
Arithmetic mean = Total Sum of all the data Sum of all the data = 96
number of data
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. 6..............................................................................................................
+ 8 + 5 + 10 + 28 + k + k + k = 96
Arithmetic mean = Sum of all8 the data
.............................................................................................................. 57 + 3k = 96
..............................................................................................................
Sum of data = 8 × Arithmetic mean
.............................................................................................................. 3k = 39
..............................................................................................................
= 8 × 12
.............................................................................................................. k = 13
..............................................................................................................
= 96
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, the value of k is 13.
..............................................................................................................
Therefore, the sum of all the data is 96.
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

6. The goals scored by a football team are shown below:

K Number of goals 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
E
Y Number of matches 6 8 5 6 2 2 1

1) How many matches did the football team play in total?

Number of matches = 6 + 8 + 5 + 6 + 2 + 2 + 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 30
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the football team played 30 matches in total.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) How many goals did the football team score in total?

Number of goals = (6 × 0) + (8 × 1) + (5 × 2) + (6 × 3) + (2 × 4) + (2 × 5) + (1 × 6)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 60
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the football team scored 60 goals in total.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) What is the average number of goals per match?

Average number of goals = 60 30
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the average number of goals per match is 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

192
7. Find the arithmetic means of the following.
1)

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Arithmetic mean = (1 × 6) + (2 × 7) + (1 1× +8)2++(41 +× 49)++3(3+ 1× +10)1 + (1 × 11) + (1 × 12)

= 117
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
= 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the arithmetic mean of the given data set is 9.

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
Y
2) Stem Leaf
7 2 3 5 5
8 2 7 8 8 9 9 9
9 1 3 7 7
10 2 7 8
7 3 representing 7.3
Arithmetic mean = 7.2 + 7.3 + 7.5 + 7.5 + 8.2 + 8.7 + 8.8 + 8.8 + 8.9 + 8.9 + 8.9 + 9.1 + 9.3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
+ 9.7 + 9.7 + 10.2 + 10.7 + 10.8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
= 160.2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
= 8.9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the arithmetic mean of the given data set is 8.9.

193
Intermediate Level
8. The arithmetic mean of 10 data units is 14, where the arithmetic mean of 3 data
units is 4 and the remaining 7 data units are 15, 18, 21, 5, m, 34 and 14. Find the
following:
1) The sum of the 7 data units
Since the arithmetic mean of 10 data units = Sum of 1010data units ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have the sum of 10 data units = 10 × Arithmetic mean of 10 data units

= 10 × 14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 140.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since the arithmetic mean of 3 data units = Sum of 33data units ,

we have the sum of 3 data units = 3 × Arithmetic mean of 3 data units

= 3×4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 12.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K Since the sum of the 7 data units = Sum of 10 data units - Sum of 3 data units,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y we have the sum of the 7 data units = 140 - 12 = 128.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the sum of the 7 data units is 128.

2) The value of m
Since the sum of the 7 data units = 128
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 + 18 + 21 + 5 + m + 34 + 14 = 128,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have 128 = 107 + m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
m = 21.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of m is 21.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

194
9. A company is hiring 12 new employees, i.e. 7 accountants and 5 administrative
officers. If the average salary of the two positions is 17,500 baht, and the average
salary of the administrative officers is 15,000 baht, then how much is the average
salary of the accountants?
Since the average salary of the accountants and the administrative officers
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sum of accountants' and administrative officers' salaries ,
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
we have the sum of both accountants’ and administrative officers’ salaries = 12 × 17,500
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 210,000.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since the average salary of the administrative officers = Sum of administrative officers' salaries ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
we have the sum of the administrative officers’ salaries = 5 × 15,000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 75,000.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, the sum of the accountants’ salaries = 210,000 - 75,000 = 135,000.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have the average salary of the accountants = 135,000 7 ≈ 19,286.

Therefore, the average salary of the accountants is approximately 19,286 baht. K

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
10. Let the height ratio of plants A, B and C be 2 : 3 : 5 (in centimeters) and the average
height of them be 30 cm. Find the following:
1) The height of Plant B 2) If the height of Plant D is added, which
makes the average height of the 4
plants be 33 cm. Find the height of
Plant D.
Average height = Sum of plant heights
..............................................................................................................
3 Average height = Sum of plant heights
..............................................................................................................
4
Sum of plant heights = 3 × Average height
.............................................................................................................. Sum of plant heights = 4 × Average height
..............................................................................................................

= 3 × 30
.............................................................................................................. = 4 × 33
..............................................................................................................

= 90
.............................................................................................................. = 132
..............................................................................................................

Therefore, the height of Plant B

.............................................................................................................. Therefore, the height of Plant D
..............................................................................................................
3
=..............................................................................................................
2 + 3 + 5 × 90 =..............................................................................................................
132 - 90
3
=..............................................................................................................
10 × 90 =..............................................................................................................
42 cm.
=..............................................................................................................
27 cm. ..............................................................................................................

195
11. The lunch allowances of students in classes A and B are shown below:
Lunch allowance (baht) 60 70 80 90 100
Number of students in Class A 6 4 8 7 5
Number of students in Class B 5 4 9 3 9
1) What is the average lunch allowance of students in Class A?
Average lunch allowance of students in Class A
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(6 × 60) + (4 × 70) + (8 × 80) + (7 × 90) + (5 × 100)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
30
2,410
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
30
≈ 80.33 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) What is the average lunch allowance of students in Class B?

Average lunch allowance of students in Class B
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K (5 × 60) + (4 × 70) + (9 × 80) + (3 × 90) + (9 × 100)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E 30
Y 2,470
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
30
≈ 82.33 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
12. The arithmetic mean of x, y and z is 6, and the arithmetic mean of x, y, z, a and
b is 8. Find the average of a and b.
Determine x, y and z. Determine x, y, z, a and b.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have: 6 = x + 3y + z We have: 8 = x + y + z5 + a + b
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x + y + z = 18 18 + a + b = 40
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a + b = 22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the average of a and b = a +2 b
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 222
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 11.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

196
4.5 Median
The survey of salaries of 5 employees in a company (in baht) is shown below:
16,000 20,000 25,000 28,000 120,000

From the above, the arithmetic mean of the employees’ salaries is = 41,800, which
is more than the salaries of 4 employees, while the other employee is paid most, i.e.
120,000 baht, which is extremely different from the previous 4 data units. Therefore,
the arithmetic mean is not suitable to represent the given data.
In order to find the middle value of this type of data correctly and suitably, we
arrange all the values in the data set from smallest to largest. Then, we look for a
middle value called median, which is a value in the middle of that data set. Therefore,
the median of the above data set is 25,000 baht, which is suitable and is between K
E
16,000 baht and 120,000 baht. Y

Worked Example 13
Find the median of 20, 25, 21, 24, 22, 26 and 20.
Solution: ATTENTION

The middle position of data arranged

Total number of data = 7 from smallest to largest can be
Middle position = 7 +2 1 = 4 calculated from:
Arrange the data from smallest to largest: Total number of data + 1
2
20 20 21 22 24 25 26

Position 4
According to this, the median of the data set is in position 4.
Therefore, the median is 22.

197
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4D Question 1(1)-(2)
Find the median of the following.
1) 20, 16, 9, 3, 18, 11, 15
Total number of data = 7 Middle position = 7 +2 1 = 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Arrange the data from smallest to largest:

Therefore, the median is 15.

2) 11.2, 15.6, 30.2, 17.3, 18.2

Total number of data = 5 Middle position = 5 +2 1 = 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Arrange the data from smallest to largest:

K 11.2 15.6 17.3 18.2 30.2

Therefore, the median is 17.3.

Worked Example 14
Find the median of 12, 8, 19, 30, 14, 21, 9 and 5.
Solution: ATTENTION

Total number of data = 8 If the number of data is an even

number, we can find the median of
Middle position = 8 +2 1 = 4.5 the data set by finding the arithmetic
Arrange the data from smallest to largest: mean of the middle pair of that data
5 8 9 12 14 19 21 30 set.

Position 4.5
According to this, the median of the data set is in positions 4 and 5.
Therefore, the median is 12 +2 14 = 13.
198
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4D Question 1(3)-(4)
Find the median of the following.
1) 32, 15, 20, 15, 25, 12
Total number of data = 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Middle position = 6 +2 1 = 3.5

Arrange the data from smallest to largest:

12 15 15 20 25 32
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, the median of the data set is in positions 3 and 4.

Therefore, the median is 15 +2 20 = 17.5.

2) 8, 7.3, 8.9, 6.8, 8.8, 8.9, 10, 6.7

Total number of data = 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Middle position = 8 +2 1 = 4.5

Arrange the data from smallest to largest:

Therefore, the median is 8 +28.8 = 8.4.

Thinking Time
From Worked Example 14, if we arrange the data from largest to smallest, will we obtain
the same median or not? Explain.
Arrange the data from smallest to largest:
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
30 21 19 14 12 9 8 5
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the median of the data set is in positions 4 and 5,
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the median is 14 +2 12 = 13.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, we still obtain the same median even when we arrange the data from largest to smallest.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

199
In general, we can find median of a data set by arranging its data
values from smallest to largest, or vice versa.
If the number of data is an odd number, then the median is a data unit
in the middle.
If the number of data is an even number, then the median is the
arithmetic mean of the middle pair of the data set.

Class Discussion
Create 4 sets of data, where each set corresponds with the given conditions. Then,
compare the data sets to those of your classmates whether they are the same or
not.
Conditions:
K • Each set of data comprises 7 data units.
E
Y • The difference between the smallest and largest values is 10.
• The average of each data set is more than its median.
1) 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 4, 11
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The difference between the smallest and largest values is 10.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The arithmetic mean = 3, and the median = 1.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2) 1, 1, 1, 1, 5, 8, 11
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The difference between the smallest and largest values is 10.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The arithmetic mean = 4, and the median = 1.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3) 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 11
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The difference between the smallest and largest values is 10.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The arithmetic mean = 3, and the median = 2.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4) 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 9, 11
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The difference between the smallest and largest values is 10.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The arithmetic mean = 4, and the median = 2.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

200
Worked Example 15
The numbers of times a group of people visited a supermarket in 1 week are shown
on a dot plot below:

1 2 3 4 5 6

Numbers of times a group of people visited a supermarket in 1 week

Find the median of the data set.
Solution:
Total number of data = 13 Middle position = 13 2+ 1 = 7
According to this, the median of the data set is in position 7. K
E
Therefore, the median is 3. Y
Practice Now Similar Questions
Exercise 4D Questions 2(1), 4(3)
The numbers of magazines Secondary 2 students bought in 1 month are shown on a
dot plot below:

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Numbers of magazines students bought in 1 month

Find the median of the data set.
Total number of data = 15 Middle position = 152+ 1 = 8
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the median of the data set is in position 8.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the median is 1.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

201
Worked Example 16
The volumes of chemical solutions contained in 20 bottles (in milliliters) are shown on
a stem-and-leaf plot below:
Stem Leaf
2 6 6 8 9
3 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 7 8
4 3 4 9
5 5 7
2 8 representing 28 m
Find the median of the data.
Solution:
Total number of data = 20 Middle position = 20 2+ 1 = 10.5
K According to this, the median of the data set is in positions 10 and 11.
E Therefore, the median is 32 +2 33 = 32.5 m.
Y
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4D Question 2(2)
The practice distances of runners (in kilometers) are shown on a stem-and-leaf plot below:
Stem Leaf
3 5 6 6 7 8
4 0 1 2 3 4 7 8 9
5 0 1 1 1 4
6 1 2
3 6 representing 3.6 km
Find the median of the data set.
Total number of data = 20 Middle position = 202+ 1 = 10.5
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the median of the data set is in positions 10 and 11.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the median is 4.4 +2 4.7 = 4.55 km.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

202
Worked Example 17
The heights of 18 students (in centimeters) are shown below:
Height (cm) 152 154 156 158 160
Number of students 2 2 5 1 8
Find the median of the data set.
Solution:
Total number of data = 18
Middle position = 18 2+ 1 = 9.5
According to this, the median of the data set is in positions 9 and 10.
Therefore, the median is 156 +2 158 = 157 cm.

Similar Questions K
Practice Now Exercise 4D Questions 2(3), 7(2) E
Y
The weights of 15 guavas (in grams) are shown below:
Weight (g) 225 228 230 235 240
Number of guavas 5 3 2 2 3
Find the median of the data set.
Total number of data = 15
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Middle position = 152+ 1 = 8

According to this, the median of the data set is in position 8.

Therefore, the median is 228 g.

203
4.6 Mode
In statistics, the data that has the highest frequency in its set is called mode. Mode
is the middle value suitable for qualitative data; however, we can also find mode in
quantitative data. The sizes of shoes, trousers, skirts are examples of the data that
use mode because manufacturers need to know what sizes customers require most in
order to respond to the demand.
The following dot plot displays the frequencies of a particular data set:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
K
E
Y From the above, 4 has the highest frequency; therefore, the mode is 4.
Worked Example 18
The math exam scores of 10 students are shown below:
8 9 10 10 3 5 6 10 6 1
Find the following:
1) The mode of the data set
2) The mode of the data set, where 2 more students whose exam scores are 6 and
8 are added.
Solution:
1) From the given data, the most repeated value is 10.
Therefore, the mode is 10.
2) If there are 2 more students whose exam scores are 6 and 8, the most repeated
values are 6 and 10.
Therefore, the mode of the data set comprises 6 and 10.
204
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4D Question 4(4)
The lengths of 10 ribbons (in centimeters) are shown below:
100 110 95 60 20 60 110 88 102 120
Find the following:
1) The mode of the data set
From the given data, there are two most repeated values, i.e. 60 and 110.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the mode of the data set comprises 60 and 110.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) The mode of the data set if one ribbon of length 110 cm is deducted.
If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
one ribbon of length 110 cm is deducted, then the most repeated value will be 60.
Therefore, the mode is 60 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Thinking Time
Create 3 sets of data where arithmetic mean equals 55, mode is more than the arithmetic K
E
mean, and median is more than the mode for each set. Y
1) 41, 56, 56, 58, 59, 60 2) 36, 57, 57, 59, 60, 61 3) 34, 58, 58, 59, 60, 61
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Arithmetic mean = 55 Arithmetic mean = 55 Arithmetic mean = 55
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Mode = 56 Mode = 57 Mode = 58
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Median = 57 Median = 58 Median = 58.5
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 19
Find the mode of the following.
1)
Number of students

80
40

0 Ice cream flavor

Vanilla Chocolate Strawberry Mango

205
2) Stem Leaf
1 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 8 9
2 0 0 1 3 3 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 9
3 0 4 4 8
1 1 representing 1.1
3)
Commission (baht) 1,500 1,800 2,500 3,000
Number of salespersons 2 5 3 1

Solution:
1) From the given data, most students like chocolate and mango flavors.
Therefore, the mode of the data set comprises chocolate and mango flavors.
2) From the given data, the most repeated value is 2.7.
K Therefore, the mode is 2.7.
E
Y 3) From the given data, most salespersons are paid 1,800 baht for their commissions.
Therefore, the mode is 1,800 baht.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4D Questions 3,
Find the mode of the following. 4(4), 5(3), 7(1)

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1

From the given data, the most repeated value is 0.4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the mode is 0.4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

206
2) Stem Leaf
2 6 6 7 8
3 1 1 2 2 2 3 6 7 7 7
4 0 2 5
2 7 representing 27
From the given data, the most repeated values are 32 and 37.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the mode of the data set comprises 32 and 37.

3) Frequency
8
6
4
K
E
2 Y
0 Number of
1 2 3 4 children

From the given data, the most repeated value is 1.

Therefore, the mode is 1.

4) Salary (baht) 15,000 22,500 26,250 33,750 37,500

Number of employees 10 56 42 25 17
From the given data, most employees are paid 22,500 baht for their salaries.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the mode is 22,500.

207
4.7 Selection and Usage of
Middle Values
On the previous topic, we have learned about middle values, i.e. arithmetic mean,
median and mode. To select a suitable middle value for use, it is based on the type
of data and purpose of usage, which we will learn from the following activity.
Similar Questions
Class Discussion Exercise 4D Question 6

Work in pairs to do the following activity.

1. The amounts of times spent in doing a history quiz of students (in minutes) are
shown below:
15 17 13 18 20 19 15
K 1) Find the arithmetic mean, median and mode of the data set.
E Arithmetic mean Median Mode
Y
16 57 17 15
2) If one more student who spends 55 minutes on the quiz is added, find the new
arithmetic mean, median and mode of the data set.
Arithmetic mean Median Mode
21 12 17.5 15
3) According to 2), which middle value has changed most?
The arithmetic mean has changed most, i.e. 21 12 - 16 57 = 4 11 14 .
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) If extreme values are added to the data, which type of middle value should we
use? Explain.
If......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
extreme values are added to the data, the arithmetic mean will obviously change
most, while the mode stays the same, and the median will slightly change because it
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a middle value in the middle position of the data set. Therefore, the middle value we
should use is median.
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
208
2. The numbers of shoes based on sizes a shop has sold in 1 day are shown below:
6 7 8 8 7 9 5 6 6 6
1) Find the arithmetic mean, median and mode of the data set.
Arithmetic mean Median Mode
6 45 6.5 6
2) Which middle value is suitable for this set of data? Explain.
The middle value suitable for this set of data is mode because it can display shoe sizes,
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
which has been sold the most in 1 day.
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The number of children of each household in a village is shown below:

2 3 1 4 5 1 2 2 1 1
Find the arithmetic mean, median and mode of the data set, and fill in the correct
answers.
K
Arithmetic mean Median Mode E
Y
2.2 2 1
From the above, the arithmetic mean of the data set is not an integer, but it can
be interpreted in statistics. For example, the fact that there are 2.2 children per
22 children per 10 households.
household means there are ...........
4. How do we select arithmetic mean, median or mode for a particular set of data?
Arithmetic mean is suitable for the data that has no extreme values, while median is suitable
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
for data with extreme values since their positions will stay the same. For mode, it is suitable
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
for qualitative data that we want to know the number of repeated values in that set of data.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From Class Discussion, we can conclude as follows:

1. Arithmetic mean is a value obtained by calculating all the values in a particular
data set. It is suitable for the data that has no extreme values because we would not
want the arithmetic mean to be too low or too high.
209
2. Median is a middle value obtained from a value in the middle of a data set. If
there are changes in the data, median can be either changed or unchanged. Therefore,
it is suitable for the data set that has extreme values since their positions will stay the
same.
3. Mode is a middle value for qualitative data. It is obtained from the most repeated
value or the value with the highest frequency in a data set. However, we cannot use
mode when there are more than two repeated values with equal highest frequency and
that the data set is considered to have no mode.

Exercise 4D
Basic Level
1. Find the median of the following.
1) 5, 6, 1, 5, 3, 5, 6 2) 1.2, 1.1, 4.1, 3.2, 4.1, 1.6, 2.8
K Total number of data = 7 Total number of data = 7
E .............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Y Middle position = 7 +2 1 = 4 Middle position = 7 +2 1 = 4
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................
Arrange the data from smallest to largest:
.............................................................................................................. Arrange the data from smallest to largest:
..............................................................................................................
1,..............................................................................................................
3, 5, 5, 5, 6, 6 1.1, 1.2, 1.6, 2.8, 3.2, 4.1, 4.1
..............................................................................................................
Therefore, the median = the data in position 4
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, the median = the data in position 4
..............................................................................................................
= 5.
.............................................................................................................. = 2.8.
..............................................................................................................

3) 30, 33, 37, 28, 29, 25 4) 39.6, 12, 13.5, 22.6, 31.3, 8.4, 5.5, 4.7
Total number of data = 6
.............................................................................................................. Total number of data = 8
..............................................................................................................
Middle position = 6 +2 1 = 3.5
.............................................................................................................. Middle position = 8 +2 1 = 4.5
..............................................................................................................
Arrange the data from smallest to largest:
.............................................................................................................. Arrange the data from smallest to largest:
..............................................................................................................
25, 28, 29, 30, 33, 37
.............................................................................................................. 4.7, 5.5, 8.4, 12, 13.5, 22.6, 31.3, 39.6
..............................................................................................................
Therefore, the median
.............................................................................................................. Therefore, the median
..............................................................................................................
=..............................................................................................................
the average of data in positions 3 and 4 =..............................................................................................................
the average of data in positions 4 and 5
29 + 30 = 29.5.
=.............................................................................................................. 12 + 13.5 = 12.75.
=..............................................................................................................
2 2
210
2. Find the median of the following.
1)

36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Total number of data = 20

2) Stem Leaf
3 0 1 4
4 2 5 8 9 K
5 1 7 8 9 9 9 E
Y
6 3 7 7
7 4
3 1 representing 3.1
Total number of data = 17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Middle position = 172+ 1 = 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the median = the data in position 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5.7.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) x 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Frequency 5 6 10 8 7 5 1
Total number of data = 42
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Middle position = 422+ 1 = 21.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the median = the average of data in positions 21 and 22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 40 +2 45 = 42.5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

211
3. Find the mode of the following.
1) Number of cars
5
4
3
2
1
0 Color
Black Gray White Red Blue

From the above, the most repeated color of the cars is red.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the mode is red.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2)
K
E
Y

75 76 77 78 79 80 81

From the above, the most repeated values are 78 and 79.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the mode of the data set comprises 78 and 79.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) Stem Leaf
2 1 1 2 3 3
3 7 8 9 9
4 2 3 5 5 7 7
5 3 3 7
6 0 0 0 1
2 2 representing 22
From the above, the most repeated value is 60.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the mode is 60.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

212
4) x 6 7 8 9 10
Frequency 1 1 1 1 1
From the above, every value repeats once equally, i.e. there is no repeated value with highest
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

frequency. Therefore, this set of data has no mode.

4. The numbers of goals scored by a football team in 20 matches are shown below:
4 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 4 3 2 2 4 2
1) Draw a dot plot.

0 1 2 3 4 K
E
Y
Numbers of goals scored by a football team
2) Find arithmetic mean.
Arithmetic mean = (2 × 0) + (5 × 1) + (6 × 2) + (4 × 3) + (3 × 4)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2+5+6+4+3
= 41
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
= 2.05
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) Find median.
Total number of data = 20 Middle position = 202+ 1 = 10.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the median = the average in positions 10 and 11

= 2 +2 2 = 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) Find Mode.
From the given data, the most repeated number of goals is 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the mode is 2.

213
Intermediate Level
5. The numbers of pets of 40 students are shown as below:
Number of pets 2 4 6 8 10
Number of students x 2 y 6 14
1) Express that x + y = 18.
Total number of data = 40
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x + 2 + y + 6 + 14 = 40
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x + y + 22 = 40
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x + y = 18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) If the arithmetic mean of the data is 6.4, express that x + 3y = 30.

K Arithmetic mean = 6.4
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y (x × 2) + (2 × 4) + (y × 6) + (6 × 8) + (14 × 10) = 6.4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
40
2x + 8 + 6y + 48 + 140 = 256
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2x + 6y + 196 = 256
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2x + 6y = 60
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x + 3y = 30
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) If the values of x and y are 12 and 16, respectively, find the median and the mode
of the data set.
Median: Total number of data = 40
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Middle position = 402+ 1 = 20.5

Therefore, the median = the average of data in positions 20 and 21

= 6 +2 6 = 6.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Mode: From the table, the most repeated number of pets is 6.

Therefore, the mode is 6.

214
6. The numbers of pull-ups (times) in 30 seconds in a physical fitness test of Secondary
2 male students from 2 classes, each having 21 male students, are shown below:
Class Number of pull-ups ≤ 5 6 7 8 9 ≥ 10
A Number of students 3 7 4 4 2 1
Class Number of pull-ups ≤ 5 6 7 8 9 ≥ 10
B Number of students 3 4 4 7 2 1
1) Why can we not find the arithmetic mean of the pull-ups in 30 seconds of the male
students in each classroom?
We do not know the exact number of pull-ups of the 3 male students who did at least 5 pull-
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ups or fewer, and that of the 1 male student who did at least 10 pull-ups or more. Therefore,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we cannot calculate the sum of this set of data in order to find the arithmetic mean.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) Find the mode of the pull-ups that male students in each class did in 30 seconds.
From the table, the most repeated number of pull-ups that male students in Class A did in
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
30 seconds is 6, and the most repeated number of pull-ups that male students in Class B
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
did in 30 seconds is 8.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the mode of the pull-ups that the male students in Class A did in 30 seconds is
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6,...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and the mode of the pull-ups that the male students in Class B did in 30 seconds is 8.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

215
4) Which middle value is suitable for this set of data? Explain.
Median and mode are the middle values that can be used for this set of data. However,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mode is more suitable because it is quick and easy.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
7. The numbers of books that a group of students read in 1 week are shown below.
Number of books 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of students x + 1 x - 2 x + 2 x x-2 x-4 x-3
1) If the arithmetic mean and mode of the data set are equal, what is the value of x?
Total number of students = (x + 1) + (x - 2) + (x + 2) + x + (x - 2) + (x - 4) + (x - 3)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 7x - 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K Arithmetic mean = (x + 1)(0) + (x - 2)(1) + (x + 2)(2) +7x(x)(3) + (x - 2)(4) + (x - 4)(5) + (x - 3)(6)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-8
E
Y = 217xx -- 44 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the table, the mode is 2. Since the arithmetic mean and mode of data set are equal,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have 217xx -- 44 8 = 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
21x - 44 = 2(7x - 8)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7x = 28
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x = 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of x is 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Find the median of the data set.

216
Summary
1. Dot plots
A dot plot is a type of data representation, which displays the number or frequency
of each data set by using dots. These dots are plotted above a horizontal number line,
and each dot represents 1 unit of data.

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Amounts of times taken in traveling from home to the workplace (min)

K
2. Stem-and-leaf plots E
Y
A stem-and-leaf plot is a statistical table to display quantitative data. It comprises
a stem and a leaf as in the following:

Digits in the tens place

Leaf Leaf
arranged from smallest 2 0 4 4 5 5 8 9
to largest in the stem 3 0 0 0 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9
column 4 0 4 4 8
Digits in the ones place arranged from
smallest to largest in the leaf column

3. Histograms
A histogram displays the frequency distribution of data using a rectangle, which is
similar to a bar graph. In a histogram, each rectangular bar is adjacent to each other
with equal width, in which the horizontal axis represents data and the vertical axis
represents frequency. There are two types of data displayed by histograms as follows:
217
Histogram of ungrouped data Histogram of grouped data
Frequency
Frequency
12
7
10
6
5 8

4 6
3 4
2
2
1
0 Leaf length
0 1 Exam score (mm)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

30.5
35.5
40.5
45.5
50.5
55.5
60.5
4. Arithmetic mean
Arithmetic mean or an average value is a value obtained by adding all the data
units together and then dividing the sum by the total number of the data.
Sum of all the data
Arithmetic mean = Total number of data
K
E
Y In the case that each data set comprises x1, x2, x3, ..., xn, where the frequencies
of the data are f1, f2, f3, ..., fn, respectively, we can find arithmetic mean from:
f1x1 + f2x2 + f3x3 + ... + fnxn
Arithmetic mean = f1 + f2 + f3 + ... + fn
5. Median
Median is a value in the middle position of a data set where it is arranged from
smallest to largest, or vice versa. We can find the middle position from:

Middle position = Total number2 of data + 1

6. Mode
Mode is the most repeated value or the value that has the highest frequency in each
data set, and there can be one or two values for mode. However, if there are more
than two values for mode in a particular set of data, then it is considered no mode.
218
Review Exercise 4
1. The amounts of times spent in reading an article of 30 students (in minutes) are
shown below:
2 1 4 2 7 1 1 5 3 4
1 2 1 4 2 3 3 2 2 1
2 1 5 4 1 3 2 2 1 4
1) Draw dot plot.

K
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 E
Y
Amounts of times spent in reading an article (min)
2) How long did it take to read the article for most students?
It...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
took 1 or 2 minutes for most students to read the article.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) What percentage of all the students is the students who spent up to 3 minutes to
read the article?
The students who spent up to 3 minutes to read the article is 22 30 × 100 = 73 3% of all
1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the students.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) Describe the data based on the dot plot.

According to the dot plot, there are 30 students who spent 1-7 minutes to read the article,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
in...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
which most students spent 1-2 minutes and the longest reading time is 7 minutes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

219
2. The savings of two groups of students in a week (in baht) are shown below:
73 70 30 36 68 55 42 66
Group A
28 64 96 74 68 85 51 30
39 80 42 27 60 59 35 59
Group B
62 38 45 61 46 32 73 36
1) Draw a stem-and-leaf plot with shared stem.
From the above, we can display it by a stem-and-leaf plot as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) How much is the most savings of each group?

The most savings of Group A is 96 baht, and the most savings of Group B is 80 baht.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) Which group of students has more savings? Explain.

Group A has more savings because the savings of Group A range from 60 to 70 baht, while
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
those of Group B range from 30 to 40 baht.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The working hours of 60 employees in a factory in 1 week are shown below:

Number of hours 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Number of employees 2 3 4 10 18 11 3 5 2 2

220
1) Draw a histogram.
Frequency
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2 K
Number of E
Y
0 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 hours

2) The following table displays the wages per hour of the employees:
Number of hours Wage per hour (baht)
Up to first 42 hours 40
43 hours onward 50

Find the total wage of the employees who work more than 48 hours in one week.
Total wage of the employees who work 49 hours = 2 × [(42 × 40) + (7 × 50)] = 4,060 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total wage of the employees who work 50 hours = 2 × [(42 × 40) + (8 × 50)] = 4,160 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the total wage of the employees who work more than 48 hours = 4,060 + 4,160
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

221
4. The bus expenses of a group of students in 1 week (in baht) are shown below:
74 85 65 88 80 54 78
58 73 70 72 67 75 75
66 70 80 74 100 69 80
80 80 75 63 62 90 60
78 55 68 95 85 71 62
1) Construct a frequency distribution table with 50-59 as the first interval.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bus expenses Class limit Tally Frequency
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(baht) lower - upper
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
50-59 49.5-59.5 lll 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
60-69 59.5-69.5 llll llll 9
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
70-79 69.5-79.5 llll llll ll 12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K 80-89 79.5-89.5 llll lll 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y 90-99 89.5-99.5 ll 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

100-109 99.5-109.5 l 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total 35
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Draw a histogram.
Frequency
20
15
10
5

0 Bus expenses (baht)

109.5
49.5
59.5
69.5
79.5
89.5
99.5

222
5. Find the arithmetic mean, median and mode of the following.
1) 8, 11, 14, 13, 14, 9, 15
Arithmetic mean = 8 + 11 + 14 + 137 + 14 + 9 + 15 = 847 = 12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total number of data = 7

Middle position = 7 +2 1 = 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Arrange the data from smallest to largest:

8...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 11 13 14 14 15
According to this, the median of the data set is in position 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the median of this set of data is 13, and the mode is 14.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 88, 93, 85, 98, 102, 98 K

Arithmetic mean = 88 + 93 + 85 +698 + 102 + 98 = 564 E
6 = 94
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
Total number of data = 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Middle position = 6 +2 1 = 3.5

Arrange the data from smallest to largest:

85 88 93 98 98 102
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, the median of the data set is in positions 3 and 4.

Therefore, the median of this set of data is 93 +2 98 = 95.5, and the mode is 98.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. The numbers of online music downloads per hour are shown below:
Number of online music downloads 10 15 20 25 30
Frequency 5 12 4 m 5

223
1) If the average of the number of downloads is 20.25, find the value of m.
Average of number of downloads = Sum of all the data
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total number of data
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
20.25 = (5 × 10) + (12 × 15) + (4 × 20) + (m × 25) + (5 × 30)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 + 12 + 4 + m + 5
20.25 = 25m + 460
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
m + 26
25m + 460 = 20.25(m + 26)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25m + 460 = 20.25m + 526.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4.75m = 66.5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
m = 14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, if the average of the number of online music downloads is 20.25, the value of m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) If the median of this set of data is 20, find the smallest possible value of m.
Arrange the data from smallest to largest:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E 10, ..., 10, 15, ..., 15, 20, ..., 20, 25, ..., 25, 30, ..., 30
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y 5 12 4 m 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Position of median
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the median of the data set is 20,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the smallest possible value of m, where this position is median is:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 + 12 = (4 - 1) + m + 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 = m + 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
m = 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the smallest possible value of m is 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) If the mode of the number of online music downloads is 15, find the largest possible
value of m.
According to the given data, the mode of the data set is 15.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the largest possible value of m is 11.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

224
7. The scores in competitions of three basketball teams are shown below:
Game 1 Game 2 Game 3 Game 4 Game 5
Cheetah Team 65 95 32 96 88
Jaguar Team 50 90 65 87 87
Puma Team 90 85 46 44 80
1) If we want to join the team that scores best, which team should we join based on
the following middle values?
(1) The arithmetic mean of each team
Arithmetic mean of Cheetah Team = 65 + 95 + 325 + 96 + 88 = 376 5 = 75.2
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Arithmetic mean of Jaguar Team = 50 + 90 + 655 + 87 + 87 = 379 5 = 75.8
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Arithmetic mean of Puma Team = 90 + 85 + 465 + 44 + 80 = 345 5 = 69
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, we should join Jaguar Team because this team has the highest average score.
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ K
E
(2) The median of each team Y
Total number of data = 5 Middle position = 5 +2 1 = 3
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Arrange Cheetah Team’s data from smallest to largest: 32 65 88 95 96
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the median of Cheetah Team’s scores is in position 3, i.e. 88.
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Arrange Jaguar Team’s data from smallest to largest: 50 65 87 87 90
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the median of Jaguar Team’s scores is in position 3, i.e. 87.
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Arrange Puma Team’s data from smallest to largest: 44 46 80 85 90
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the median of Puma Team’s scores is in position 3, i.e. 80.
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, we should join Cheetah Team because this team has the highest median.
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) If you were Jaguar Team’s coach and representative and you had to give an
interview to a local press, would you choose arithmetic mean or median to present
the above data? Explain.
The median should be used in presenting this set of data because the median is higher than
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the arithmetic mean, i.e. 87 and 75.8, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

225
Challenge Yourself
The science exam scores of 36 students, where the full score is 10 are shown below:
Exam score 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Number of students 0 0 1 a b x-1 x x+3 x+5 c 4
Additional data:
• 25% of all the students get at least 9 marks on the exam.
• The number of students who get at least 4 but not more than 9 marks is 23 times all
the students.
• The average score of the students who get at least 4 but not more than 6 marks is 4.8.
1) Find the values of a, b and c.
Since the number of students is 36,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K we have: 0 + 0 + 1 + a + b + x - 1 + x + x + 3 + x + 5 + c + 4 = 36
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y a + b + c + 4x + 12 = 36
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a + b + c + 4x = 24. ..... ➀
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since 25% of all the students get at least 9 marks,

we have: c + 4 = 25% × 36
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

c + 4 = 100 25 × 36
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

c+4 = 9
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

c = 5.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since the number of students who get at least 4 but not more than 9 marks is 23 times all
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

the students,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have: x - 1 + x + x + 3 + x + 5 + 5 = 23 × 36
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4x + 12 = 24
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4x = 12
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x = 3.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

226
Since the average score of the students who get at least 4 but not more than 6 marks is 4.8,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have: (b × 4) +b[(3+ (3- 1)- 1)× +5]3× (3 × 6) = 4.8

0.8b = 4
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

b = 5.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Substitute b = 5, c = 5 and x = 3 in ➀.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have: a + 5 + 5 + 4(3) = 24
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a + 22 = 24
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a = 2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Draw a histogram.
Frequency
8
6
4
2

0 0 Exam score
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

227
K
E
Y

228
5
Chapter
Reasoning
in Geometric
Constructions
If we have to cut a piece of square-shaped cloth in a
straight line to obtain two isosceles triangles, how can we
do it? And, how do we know if the two pieces of cloth are
K
isosceles triangles? E
Y

Indicator
• Apply the knowledge of geometry, geometric tools, e.g.
compasses and straightedges, and geometric programs, e.g.
the Geometer’s Sketchpad or dynamic geometry software, to
construct geometric figures, and solve mathematical and real-
world problems. (MA 2.2 G. 8/1)
Compulsory Details
• Real-life applications of geometric constructions

229
5.1 Geometric Reasoning
1. Conditional Statements
In everyday life, we come across many statements that contain causes and effects.
“Cause” refers to a person or thing that acts in a certain way such that it affects
something, while “effect” refers to the result or consequence obtained from such actions.
We will learn about cause-and-effect statements from the following activity:
Investigation
Complete the following with the given cause or effect statements.
we will wake up late the tree will die
K we stand in direct sunlight y is a recurring decimal
E
Y
x is an odd number it is an organism
that geometric figure is a triangle students do not hand in homework
an integer is divisible by 4 a geometric figure has 4 angles
1. If it can breathe, then it..........................................................................................................
is an organism .
we stand in direct sunlight
2. If ..................................................................................................... , then we will feel hot.
3. If a tree does not get enough water, then the tree will die
.......................................................................................................... .
students do not hand in homework , then the teacher will not give them marks.
4. If .....................................................................................................
5. If we sleep late, then we will wake up late
.......................................................................................................... .
an integer is divisible by 4
6. If .................................................................................................. , then it is not a prime number.
is an odd number
7. If x divided by 3 equals an odd number, then x.......................................................................................................... .
y is a recurring decimal
8. If .................................................................................................. , then y is a real number.
9. If a geometric figure has 3 sides, then that geometric figure is a triangle
.......................................................................................................... .
a geometric figure has 4 angles , then the geometric figure is a quadrilateral.
10. If ..................................................................................................
230
From Investigation, we can see that the statements ATTENTION
after the word if are causes, and the statements after Sometimes conditional statements
the word then are effects. We call statements in the may not be in the form of “if…
form of “if…, then…” conditional statements. then…” as long as they show
causes and effects. For example,
Determine the following conditional statements: the traffic is bad because it rains,
“If a is a positive even number, then a + 1 is a or it rains, so the traffic is bad.
positive odd number.” Here, both sentences convey the
same meaning as if it rains, then
Cause: a is a positive even number. the traffic will be bad.
Effect: a + 1 is a positive odd number.
Since a is a positive even number when a = 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, …,
we have a + 1 = 0 + 1 = 1, 2 + 1 = 3, 4 + 1 = 5, 6 + 1 = 7, 8 + 1 = 9, …
a + 1 = 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, … which are positive odd numbers.
According to this, when a cause is true, then the effect will always be true.
Therefore, this conditional statement is true.
K
“If b is a positive integer divisible by 3, then b is divisible by 6.” E
Y
Cause: b is a positive integer divisible by 3.
Effect: b is divisible by 6.
Even though b is a positive integer divisible by 3 when b = 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, ...,
b = 3 is indivisible by 6.
According to this, when a cause is true, the effect will not always be true.
Therefore, this conditional statement is false.
We can say:
1. A conditional statement is true when a cause ATTENTION
is true and the effect is always true. The conditional statement will be
2. A conditional statement is false when a cause false if there is just only one cause
is true, but the effect is not always true. that makes the effect untrue.

231
Worked Example 1
Write the following statements in the form of if…, then....
1) x + 1 = 4, where x = 3
2) All the angles of a square are right angles.
Solution:
1) If x = 3, then x + 1 = 4.
2) If a quadrilateral is a square, then all the angles of that square are right angles.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5A Questions 1, 3
Write the following statements in the form of if…, then....
1) 3n = 6, where n = 2
K If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
n = 2, then 3n = 6.
E
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) All the sides of an equilateral triangle are of equal length.

If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a triangle is an equilateral triangle, then all the sides of that equilateral triangle are of
equal length.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Converse of Conditional Statements

The converse of conditional statement is to rewrite the statement where its effect
becomes the cause and vice versa. See the following example:

Worked Example 2
Write the converse of the following conditional statements.
1) If each interior angle of a triangle is equal to 60 ํ, then it is an equilateral triangle.
2) If a quadrilateral is a square, then all the angles of that square are right angles.

232
Solution:
1) Cause: Each interior angle of a triangle is equal to 60 ํ.
Effect: That triangle is an equilateral triangle.
Converse: If a triangle is an equilateral triangle, then each interior angle of that
triangle is equal to 60 ํ.
2) Cause: A quadrilateral is a square.
Effect: All the angles of that square are right angles.
Converse: If all the angles of a quadrilateral are right angles, then that quadrilateral
is a square.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5A Question 2
Write the converse of the following conditional statements.
1) If two line segments are parallel to each other, then the distance between them is
equal. K
E
Cause: Two line segments are parallel to each other.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
Effect: The distance between them is equal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Converse: If the distance between two line segments is equal, then the two line segments
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
are parallel to each other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) If a triangle is an equilateral triangle, then all the sides of that triangle are of equal
length.
Cause: A triangle is an equilateral triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Effect: All the sides of that triangle are of equal length.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Converse: If all the sides of a triangle are of equal length, then that triangle is
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
an equilateral triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

233
Thinking Time
Do you think false conditional statements will also have false converse? Explain.
False conditional statements can have true or false converse. For example:
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If x < 3, then x = 1, which is a false conditional statement. The converse of this statement is if
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x = 1, then x < 3, which is true converse.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If y = 1, then y is an even number, which is a false conditional statement. The converse of this
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
statement is if y is an even number, then y = 1, which is false converse.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From Worked Example 2, determine the conditional statement and the converse
in 1).
Conditional If each interior angle of a triangle is equal to 60 ํ, then
statement that triangle is an equilateral triangle.
K
E If a triangle is an equilateral triangle, then each interior
Y Converse
angle of that triangle is equal to 60 ํ.
We can see that the conditional statement and the converse are true. Here, we can
also condition and connect them with if and only if and the rewritten statement will still
be true as in the following:
Each interior angle of a triangle is equal to 60 ํ
if and only if that triangle is an equilateral triangle.
Or
A triangle is an equilateral triangle
if and only if each interior angle of that triangle is equal to 60 ํ.
Both statements are equivalent or mean the same thing; that is, if each interior
angle of a triangle is equal to 60 ํ, then that triangle is an equilateral triangle, and if a
triangle is an equilateral triangle, then each interior angle of that triangle is equal to
60 ํ.
234
Worked Example 3
Justify whether the following conditional statements can be written in the form of if and
only if or not. If yes, then how can we write them?
1) If one angle of a triangle is a right angle, then that triangle is a right triangle.
2) If a quadrilateral is a square, then all the angles of that quadrilateral are right angles.
Solution:
1)
Conditional If one angle of a triangle is a right angle, then that triangle
statement is a right triangle.
If a triangle is a right triangle, then one angle of that
Converse
triangle is a right angle.
We can see that the conditional statement and the converse are true. Therefore,
we can condition and connect them with if and only if as follows: K
E
“One angle of a triangle is a right angle if and only if that triangle is a right triangle.” Y
2)
Conditional If a quadrilateral is a square, then all the angles of that
statement quadrilateral are right angles.
If all the angles of a quadrilateral are right angles, then
Converse
that quadrilateral is a square.
We can see that the conditional statement is true, but the converse is false. Therefore,
we cannot condition and connect them with if and only if.

235
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5A Question 4
Justify whether the following conditional statements can be written in the form of if and
only if or not. If yes, how can we write them?
1) If a quadrilateral is a square, then all the sides of that quadrilateral are of equal
length and every angle is a right angle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Conditional If a quadrilateral is a square, then all the sides of that quadrilateral
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
statement are of equal length and every angle is a right angle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If all the sides of a quadrilateral are of equal length and every angle
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Converse
is a right angle, then that quadrilateral is a square.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can see that the conditional statement and the converse are true. Therefore, we can
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
condition and connect them with if and only if as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
“A quadrilateral is a square if and only if all the sides of that quadrilateral are of equal length
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K and every angle is a right angle.”
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) If a quadrilateral is a square, then the diagonals of that quadrilateral bisect each

other at right angles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Conditional If a quadrilateral is a square, then the diagonals of that quadrilateral
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
statement bisect each other at right angles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the diagonals of a quadrilateral bisect each other at right angles,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Converse
then that quadrilateral is a square.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can see that the conditional statement is true, but the converse is false. Therefore, we
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cannot condition and connect them with if and only if.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

236
3. Geometric Reasoning
In order to prove whether statements are true or false in geometric reasoning, we
will give reasons based on undefined terms, defined terms, postulates and theorems,
which are generally accepted in reasoning.
ATTENTION
A word or phrase that is not defined,
Undefined Every defined term can always be
but clearly understood in general, e.g. written in the form of if and only
term
dots, straight lines, planes if. For example, a line segment is
a part of a straight line if and only
A statement that is clearly defined in if it has two end points.
Defined order to give proper meaning, e.g. a
term line segment is a part of a straight line
with two points at the ends
A statement that is accepted to be true
Postulate without proving, e.g. a line segment has
K
only one midpoint E
Y
A statement that is accepted and proved
to be true, e.g. vertically opposite angles
Theorem at the point of intersection are equal
when two straight lines bisect each
other
In mathematics, there are two methods of proving conditional statements:
1. We can prove that a particular conditional statement is true by using undefined
terms, defined terms, postulates and theorems in
order to show that when a cause is true, the ATTENTION
To prove that a statement is wrong,
effect is always true. it can be done by providing some
2. We can prove that a particular conditional examples to show that the effect
statement is false by showing that a cause is is false even though its cause is
true, but the effect might not be true because true. This type of examples is called
counterexample.
of certain conditions.
237
The table below shows some examples of the geometric defined terms and theorems
that we have learned, which will be used as proof on the next topic of this lesson.
No. Geometric defined term and theorem
1. A line segment on another line segment
results in adjacent angles of 180 ํ. b
• ∠a + ∠b = 180 ํ a

2. If two line segments bisect each other, then

the vertically opposite angles are equal. d c
• ∠a = ∠c a b
• ∠b = ∠d
3. A pair of line segments intersected by a
line segment is parallel to each other if
K and only if:
E
Y • The interior and exterior angles on the
same side of the transversal are equal. A a B
c
∠a = ∠b d
• The alternate angles are equal. C b D
∠b = ∠c

• The sum of interior angles on the same

side of the transversal is 180 ํ.
∠b + ∠d = 180 ํ

4. Defined terms involving triangles

1) Angles of a triangle b
• The sum of interior angles of a triangle
is 180 .ํ a c
∠a + ∠b + ∠c = 180 ํ

238
No. Geometric defined term and theorem
• If any side of a triangle is extended, the
obtained exterior angle will be equal to b
the sum of the interior angles that are a c d
not adjacent to that exterior angle.
∠a + ∠b = ∠d
2) Isosceles triangle A
• The base angles are equal.
∠b = ∠c
• The legs are of equal length. B b c C
AB = AC
3) Equilateral triangle
• Each interior angle is 60 ํ. A
∠a = ∠b = ∠c = 60 ํ a
• All the sides are of equal length.
AB = BC = AC K
4) Right triangle B b c C E
Y
• One angle is a right angle.
∠b = 90 ํ A
• The hypotenuse is the longest side.
AC > AB and AC > BC
b
B C
5. Defined terms involving quadrilaterals
1) Trapezoid
• At least one pair of opposite sides are
parallel to each other.
2) Parallelogram
• Two pairs of opposite sides are parallel
to each other.
• Opposite sides are of equal length.
• Vertically opposite angles are equal.
• Two diagonals bisect each other.

239
No. Geometric defined term and theorem
3) Rectangle
• It has the same defined term as that
of a parallelogram.
• Each angle is a right angle.
• Two diagonals are of equal length.

4) Rhombus
• Two pairs of opposite sides are parallel
to each other.
• All the sides are of equal length.
• Vertically opposite angles are equal.
• Two diagonals bisect each other at right
angles.
K • Each diagonal bisects interior angles.
E
Y
5) Square
• It has the same defined term as that
of a rhombus.
• Each angle is a right angle.
• Two diagonals are of equal length.

6) Kite
• Two pairs of adjacent sides are of equal
length.
• Two diagonals bisect each other at right
angles.
• The longer diagonal bisects the shorter
one.

240
Exercise 5A
Basic Level
1. Write the following as conditional statements in the form of if…, then….
1) 2x + 3 = 7, where x = 2
If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x = 2, then 2x + 3 = 7.
2) All the sides of a rhombus are of equal length.
If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a quadrilateral is a rhombus, then all the sides of that quadrilateral are of equal length.
2. Write the converse of the following conditional statements.
1) If two straight lines intersect each other, then the straight lines will not be parallel
to each other.
Cause: Two straight lines intersect each other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Effect: The straight lines will not be parallel to each other.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
Converse: If two straight lines are not parallel to each other, then the straight lines will E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
intersect each other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) If a quadrilateral is a rectangle, then the two diagonals of that quadrilateral are of

equal length.
Cause: A quadrilateral is a rectangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Effect: The two diagonals of that quadrilateral are of equal length.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Converse: If the two diagonals of a quadrilateral are of equal length, then that quadrilateral
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is a rectangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Intermediate Level
3. Write two mathematical conditional statements that are true in the form of if…,
then….
(Sample answer)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x = 5, then 7x - 10 = 25.
If...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a quadrilateral is a parallelogram, then that quadrilateral has two pairs of parallel sides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

241
4. Justify whether the following conditional statements can be written in the form of if
and only if or not. If yes, then how can we write them?
1) If a quadrilateral is a rhombus, then the diagonals of that quadrilateral bisect each
other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Conditional If a quadrilateral is a rhombus, then the diagonals of that quadrilateral
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
statement bisect each other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the diagonals of a quadrilateral bisect each other, then that
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Converse
quadrilateral is a rhombus.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can see that the conditional statement is true, but the converse is false. Therefore, we
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cannot condition and connect them with if and only if.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) If all the sides of two triangles are of equal length, then both triangles are congruent.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Conditional If all the sides of two triangles are of equal length, then both triangles
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
statement are congruent.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If two triangles are congruent, then all the sides of both triangles
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Converse
are of equal length.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can see that the conditional statement and the converse are true. Therefore, we can
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
condition and connect them with if and only if as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
“All the sides of two triangles are of equal length if and only if both triangles are congruent.”
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

242
5.2 Reasoning in Geometric
Constructions
1. Reasoning in Basic Geometric Constructions

Investigation
Work in pairs and do the following activity.
1. Construct a pair of compasses according to the steps from QR Code:
“DIY compasses”.
2. Use your DIY compasses in 1. to draw point DIY compasses
M, which is the midpoint of AB according to
the following steps:
Step 1: With center at A and radius is slightly longer than half of AB, draw an arc
above and below AB. K
E
Y
Step 2: With center at B and radius equal to the radius in Step 1, draw an arc to
intersect the arcs in Step 1 at points C and D.
Step 3: Draw CD to bisect AB at point M, given that point M is the midpoint of AB.

C
M
A B
D

3. From 2., draw AC, BC, AD and BD.

4. Complete the following.
1) Since AC = BC = AD = BD, (........................................................................................................................
The radii of the same circle are equal. )
2) we have ∆ ABC, ∆ ABD, ∆ ACD (........................................................................................................................
An isosceles triangle has two sides of equal length. )
and ∆ BCD as isosceles triangles.

243
3) Determine ∆ ACD and ∆ BCD.
We have: AC = BC (........................................................................................................................
The radii of the same circle are equal. )
CD = CD (........................................................................................................................
Common sides )
DA = DB (........................................................................................................................
The radii of the same circle are equal. )
Therefore, ∆ ACD ≅ ∆ BCD (................
SSS ).
4) We have ∠ACD = ∠BCD. (........................................................................................................................
Congruent angles are equal. )
5) Determine ∆ AMC and ∆ BMC.
We have: ∠MCA = ∠MCB (........................................................................................................................
From 4) )
CA = CB (........................................................................................................................
The radii of the same circle are equal. )
∠CAM = ∠CBM (........................................................................................................................
The base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal.)
Therefore, ∆ AMC ≅ ∆ BMC (................
ASA ).
6) We have AM = BM. (........................................................................................................................
Congruent sides are equal. )
7) According to this, point M is the midpoint of AB.

K From Investigation, in order to prove that a geometric figure constructed based on

E
Y basic construction is true, we have to use defined terms, postulates, theorems, proven
statements, or properties in reasoning. In this level, we will learn about reasoning in
geometric constructions to prove whether the obtained figures from basic construction
are true or false.
1) Constructing a line segment of equal length to the given line segment
Given that AB is a line segment of length as follows:
A B
Construct CD of equal length to AB as follows:

C D X
Proof:
CD = AB (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
Therefore, CD is the line segment of equal length to AB.
244
2) Constructing an angle of equal size to the given angle
Given that the size of ∠ABC is as follows:

B X A

Construct ∠DEF of equal size to ∠ABC as follows:

K
E
Y
F

E D P
Proof:
Draw WX and FD.
Determine ∆ BWX ≅ ∆ EFD.
We have: XB = DE (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
BW = EF (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
WX = FD (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
According to this, ∆ BWX ≅ ∆ EFD. (SSS)
We have ∠DEF = ∠XBW. (Congruent angles are equal.)
Therefore, ∠DEF = ∠ABC.

245
3) Bisecting the given angle
Given that the size of ∠ABC is as follows:

B
A

Construct BD to bisect ∠ABC as follows:

C
K
E W
Y
D

B X A

Proof:
Draw DW and DX.
Determine ∆ DWB and ∆ DXB.
We have: WB = XB (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
BD = BD (Common sides)
DW = DX (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
According to this, ∆ DWB ≅ ∆ DXB. (SSS)
We have ∠WBD = ∠XBD. (Congruent angles are equal.)
Therefore, BD is the radius that bisects ∠ABC.

246
4) Constructing a perpendicular bisector from an exterior point to the given straight
line
Given that point P and AB are as follows:
P

A B
Construct PM passing through point P perpendicularly to AB as follows:

A C E D B
M

Proof: K
Draw PC, PD, MC and MD. E
Y
Determine ∆ MCP and ∆ MDP.
We have: MC = MD (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
CP = DP (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
PM = PM (Common sides)
According to this, ∆ MCP ≅ ∆ MDP. (SSS)
We have ∠PMC = ∠PMD. (Congruent angles are equal.)
Determine ∆ EMC and ∆ EMD.
We have: EM = EM (Common sides)
∠EMC = ∠EMD (Based on the proof)
MC = MD (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
According to this, ∆ EMC ≅ ∆ EMD.
We have ∠CEM = ∠DEM. (Congruent angles are equal.)

247
Since CEM + ∠DEM = 180 ํ,
∠ (A straight angle is 180 ํ.)
we have: ∠CEM + ∠CEM = 180 ํ
2∠CEM = 180 ํ
∠CEM = 90 ํ
According to this, ∠CEM = ∠DEM = 90 ํ.
Therefore, MP is the straight line passing through point P and perpendicular to AB.
5) Constructing a perpendicular bisector on the given straight line
Given that point P is above AB as follows:
A P B
Construct MP passing through point P perpendicularly to AB as follows:

M
K
E
Y AD P EB
Proof:
Draw DM and EM.
Determine ∆ DMP and ∆ EMP.
We have: MP = MP (Common sides)
PD = PE (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
DM = EM (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
According to this, ∆ DMP ≅ ∆ EMP. (SSS)
We have ∠MPD = ∠MPE. (Congruent angles are equal.)
Since ∠MPD + ∠MPE = 180 ,ํ (A straight angle is 180 ํ.)
we have ∠MPD + ∠MPD = 180 ํ
2∠MPD = 180 ํ
∠MPD = 90 ํ
According to this, ∠MPD = ∠MPE = 90 ํ.
Therefore, MP is the straight line passing through point P and perpendicular to AB.
248
2. Reasoning in Triangle Constructions

Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
Part 1
1. Use the obtained compasses from Investigation on page 243 to construct ∆ ABC,
where AB is a units long, BC is b units long and ∠ABC = 60 ํ. Then, compare the
triangle with those of your classmates.

a C

b Z
K
E
Y
B Y A X

2. Is your triangle the same as the given triangles below? And, can we construct any
other shape of triangle?
C C

B A A B
The obtained triangle is the same as the given triangles, and we cannot construct any other
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
shape of triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

249
Part 2
1. Use the obtained compasses from Investigation on page 243 to construct ∆ ABC,
where BC is a units long, CA is b units long and ∠ABC = 45 ํ. Then, compare the
triangle with those of your classmates.

C
a
R S
b
P B A Q

2. Can we construct any shape of ∆ ABC other than what is obtained in 1.? Explain.
We can construct another shape of ∆ ABC as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y C
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Summarize what you have learned from Investigation.

When the lengths of two sides and the interior angle between a pair of equal sides of a
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
triangle are given, we can construct only one shape of triangle. Similarly, when the lengths
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
two sides and the interior angle that is not between a pair of equal sides of a triangle are
given, we can construct more than one shape of triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

250
From Investigation, we can conclude that when the ATTENTION

lengths of two sides and the interior angle between If angle sizes and side lengths are
a pair of equal sides of a triangle are given, we can given based on SSS, ASA, AAS
and HL, then we can construct only
construct only one shape of triangle. Similarly, when one shape of triangle.
the lengths of two sides are given and the interior angle
that is not between a pair of equal sides of a triangle
is given, we can construct more than one shape of
triangle.
Worked Example 4
Construct an equilateral triangle ABC of side m units. Provide the proof.
m

Construction steps: C
K
E
Y

A B X
Step 1: Draw AX.
Step 2: With center at A and radius m units, draw an arc to intersect AX at point B.
Step 3: With centers at A and B and radius m units each, draw arcs to intersect
each other at point C.
Step 4: Draw AC and BC.
Then, we have an equilateral triangle ABC where each side is m units long.
Proof:
Since AB = BC = CA = m units, (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
we have ∆ ABC as an equilateral triangle. (All the sides of an equilateral triangle are
equal.)
Therefore, ∆ ABC is an equilateral triangle, where each side is m units long.
251
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Question 3
Construct an equilateral triangle XYZ of side a units. Provide the proof.

X Y P

Proof:
Since Y = YZ = Z = a units,
X X (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have ∆ XYZ as an equilateral triangle. (All the sides of an equilateral triangle are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ XYZ is an equilateral triangle, where each side is a units long.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
Worked Example 5
Construct two isosceles triangles of height a units. Provide the proof.
a

Construction steps:

P D B X C EQ

252
Step 1: Draw PQ, where point X is on PQ.
Step 2: With center at X, construct XY perpendicularly to PQ.
Step 3: Construct XA of length a units on XY.
Step 4: With center at A and radius longer than XA, draw an arc to intersect PQ
at points B and C.
Step 5: Draw AB and AC.
Step 6: With center at A and radius longer than AB, draw an arc to intersect PQ
at points D and E.
Step 7: Draw AD and AE.
Then, we have ∆ ABC and ∆ ADE as isosceles triangles of height a units.
Proof:
Since AB = AC and AD = AE, (The radii of the same circle are
equal.)
we have ∆ ABC and ∆ ADE as isosceles triangles. (An isosceles triangle has two
sides of equal length.)
Since AX is perpendicular to BC and DE, (Based on the construction) K
we have AX as the height of ∆ ABC and ∆ ADE. (The height of a triangle is a line E
Y
segment drawn perpendicularly from
the vertex to the base, or to the
extended part on the same base.)
AX = a units (Based on the construction)
Therefore, ∆ ABC and ∆ ADE are isosceles triangles of height a units.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Question 4
Construct two right triangles of height x units. Provide the proof.

Q
x A

X S R P Y

253
Proof:
Since QPR = QPS = 90 ํ,
∠ ∠ (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have ∆ QPR and ∆ QPS as right triangles. (A triangle with one right angle is a right triangle.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since QP is perpendicular to PR and PS, (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have QP as the height of ∆ QPR and ∆ QPS. (The height of a triangle is a line segment drawn
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
perpendicularly from the vertex to the base, or to
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the extended part on the same base.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QP = units x (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ QPR and ∆ QPS are right triangles of height x units.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 6
To celebrate the 100th anniversary of Aksorn School, they want to raise money from
selling desk flags for the construction of a new building. So, they hire Shop A to make
desk flags in isosceles-triangle shape of base 16 cm and of height 20 cm as shown
in the picture:
K
E
Y Ak s o r n
S c h o ol
AS

How will Shop A make the desk flags according to what the school wants? Provide the
proof. (Given the length of the desk flag : the length of the original flag = 1 cm : 8 cm)
Construction steps:

A C B
Ak s o r n
S c h o ol
AS
E

254
Step 1: Draw AB of length 16 cm on the fabric.
Step 2: Construct CE to bisect AB perpendicularly at point C.
Step 3: Construct CD of length 20 cm on CE.
Step 4: Draw DA and DB.
Then, we have ∆ ABD as a flag in isosceles-triangle shape, where the base is
16 cm long and the height is 20 cm.
Proof:
Determine ∆ ACD and ∆ BCD.
We have: AC = BC (Based on the construction)
∠ACD = ∠BCD (Based on the construction)
CD = CD (Common sides)
According to this, ∆ ACD ≅ ∆ BCD. (SAS)
We have AD = BD. (Congruent angles are equal.)
According to this, ∆ ABD is (An isosceles triangle has two sides of
an isosceles triangle. equal length.)
K
Since CD is perpendicular to AB, (Based on the construction) E
Y
we have CD as the height of ∆ ABD. (The height of a triangle is a line segment
drawn perpendicularly from the vertex to
the base, or to the extended part on the
same base.)
AB = 16 cm and CD = 20 cm (Based on the construction)
Therefore, ∆ ABD is an isosceles triangle, where the base is 16 cm long and the
height is 20 cm. Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Question 2
Pete wants to cut a wooden board into
an isosceles triangle of base 27 cm
and of height 20 cm. How will he cut C
the wooden board according to what
he wants? Provide the proof.
E
(Given that the length of the obtained A D B P
wooden board : the length of the
original wooden board = 1 cm : 10 cm)
255
Proof:
Determine ADC and BDC. ∆ ∆
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have: AD = BD (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∠ADC = ∠BDC (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DC = DC (Common sides)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, ∆ ADC ≅ ∆ BDC. (SAS)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have CA = CB. (Congruent sides are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, ∆ ABC is an isosceles triangle. (An isosceles triangle has two sides of equal
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
length.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since DC is perpendicular to AB, (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have DC as the height of ∆ ABC. (The height of a triangle is a line segment
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
drawn perpendicularly from vertex to the base,
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
or to the extended part on the same base.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AB = 27 cm and DC = 20 cm (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K Therefore, ∆ ABC is an isosceles triangle, where the base is 27 cm long and the height is 20 cm.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y
Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
Part 1
Use the Geometer’s Sketchpad to construct ∆ XYZ, where XY is 17 cm, XZ is 9
cm, and ∠ZXY = 60 ํ as in the following steps:
1. Select and click on empty space once. Then, label it point X.
2. Click on point X. Select Transform select Translate type “17” in
Fixed Distance and type “0” in Fixed Angle. Then, click on Translate.
3. Label the point obtained from translating point Y. Click on points X and Y and press
Ctrl + L. Then, we have XY = 17 cm.
4. Click on point X. Select Transform select Translate type “9” in Fixed
Distance and type “60” in Fixed Angle. Then, click on Translate.

256
5. Label the point obtained from translating point Z. Click on points X and Z and press
Ctrl + L. Then, we have ∠ZXY = 60 ํ and XZ = 9 cm.
6. Click on points Z and Y and press Ctrl + L. Then, we have ∆ XYZ, where XY is
17 cm, XZ is 9 cm, and ∠ZXY = 60 ํ.

Part 2
Construct an inscribed circle of ∆ XYZ as in the following steps:
1. Construct a line to bisect ∠YXZ and intersect YZ at point A as in the following
steps:
1) Click on points Y, X and Z. Select Construct Angle Bisection. Then, we
have the line that bisects ∠YXZ and intersects YZ. K
E
2) Click on the line that bisects ∠YXZ and intersects YZ. Select Construct Y
Intersection. Label the point of intersection point A. Then, we have the line that
bisects ∠YXZ and intersects YZ at point A.
2. Construct a line to bisect ∠XYZ and intersect XZ at point B as in Step 1.
3. Construct point O as the point of intersection of the lines that bisect ∠YXZ and
∠XYZ, respectively as in the following steps:
1) Click on the line that bisects ∠YXZ and the line that bisects ∠XYZ. Select
Construct Intersection. Then, we have the point of intersection of the lines
that bisect ∠YXZ and ∠XYZ.
2) Label the point of intersection point O.

257
4. Construct a straight line passing through point O perpendicularly to XY at point C
as in the following steps:
1) Click on point O and XY. Select Construct Perpendicular Line. Then, we
have the straight line passing through point O and perpendicular to XY.
2) Click on the straight line obtained in 1) and on XY. Select Construct
Intersection. Then, label the point of intersection point C.
5. Construct a straight line passing through point O perpendicularly to YZ at point D
and ZX at point E as in Step 4.
6. Construct a circle, where point O is the center and the radius is equal to OC as in
the following steps:
1) Click on points O and C, and press Ctrl + L. Then, we have OC.
2) Click on point O and OC. Select Construct Circle by Center + radius. Then,
we have the circle, where point O is the center and the radius is equal to OC.

K
E
Y

7. Construct OZ and fill in the correct answers.

Hint 1) An inscribed circle of a triangle has the center as the point of intersection
of three lines bisecting the interior angles of that triangle, and it touches
every side of the triangle.
2) A perpendicular line to the radius of a circle is a tangent of the circle.
1) We want to prove that OC = OD.
Determine ∆ CYO and ∆ DYO.
Since ∠OCY = ∠ODY = 90 ํ, (................................................................................
Based on the construction )
we have ∠CYO = ∠DYO (................................................................................
Based on the construction )
and YO = YO. (................................................................................
Common sides )
According to this, ∆ CYO ≅ ∆ DYO. (................
AAS )
Therefore, OC = OD. (................................................................................
Congruent sides are equal. )

258
2) We want to prove that OC = OE.
Determine ∆ CXO and ∆ EXO.
Since ∠OCX = ∠OEX = 90 ํ, (................................................................................
Based on the construction )
we have ∠CXO = ∠EXO (................................................................................
Based on the construction )
XO = XO. (................................................................................
Common sides )
According to this, ∆ CXO ≅ ∆ EXO. (................
AAS )
Therefore, OC = OE. (................................................................................
Congruent sides are equal. )
3) Since OC = OD and OC = OE, (................................................................................
Based on the proof )
we have OC = OD = OE. (................................................................................
Transitive property )
According to this, OC, OD and OE (................................................................................
The radii of the same circle are equal. )
are the radii of the circle with O as its the center.
Therefore, XY, YZ and ZX are tangents to (................................................................................
A perpendicular line to the radius of
the circle at points C, D and E, respectively. ................................................................................
a circle is a tangent of the circle. )
4) Therefore, the circle with its center at O and radius equal to OC is an inscribed
circle of ∆ XYZ
K
E
From Investigation Part 2, we call point O “in-center”, which is based on the following Y
theorem:
Theorem In any triangle, the three lines that bisect the interior angles will meet
at one point only, i.e. the in-center.

Journal Writing
Z
According to Justin, the given figure A
is the construction of an inscribed circle B O
of ∆ X YZ based on basic geometric
construction. Do you think his statement is X C Y
true or false? Explain.

259
3. Reasoning in Quadrilateral Constructions
Worked Example 7
Construct a square ABCD of side x units. Provide the proof.
x

Construction steps:

D C

K P A B Q
E
Y
Step 1: Draw PQ, where point A is on PQ.
Step 2: At point A, construct AR perpendicularly to PQ.
Step 3: On AQ, construct AB of length x units.
Step 4: On AR, construct AD of length x units.
Step 5: With centers at B and D and radii of length x units, draw arcs at point C.
Step 6: Draw BC and DC.
Then, we have a square ABCD, where each side is x units long.
Proof:
We want to prove that all the sides of □ ABCD are equal.
Since AB = AD = x units (Based on the construction)
and BC = DC = x units, (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
we have AB = BC = DC = AD = x units.
Therefore, all the sides of □ ABCD are equal.

260
We want to prove that each interior angle of □ ABCD is a right angle.
Draw BD.
Determine ∆ BAD and ∆ BCD.
We have: BA = BC (Based on the proof)
AD = CD (Based on the proof)
DB = DB (Common sides)
According to this, ∆ BAD ≅ ∆ BCD. (SSS)
Since ∆ BAD ≅ ∆ BCD
and ∠BAD = 90 ํ, (Based on the construction)
we have ∠BAD = ∠BCD = 90 ํ. (Congruent angles are equal.)
Since BA = AD and BC = CD, (Based on the proof)
we have ∆ BAD and ∆ BCD as (An isosceles triangle has two sides
isosceles triangles. of equal length.)
According to this, ∠ADB = ∠DBA (The base angles of an isosceles triangle
and ∠CDB = ∠DBC. are equal.)
K
Since ∠BAD = ∠BCD = 90 ํ, (Based on the proof) E
Y
we have ∠ADB = ∠DBA
= 180 ํ -2∠BAD (The sum of interior angles of a triangle
= 180 ํ 2- 90 ํ is 180 ํ.)
= 45 ํ
and ∠CDB = ∠DBC

= 180 ํ -2∠BCD (The sum of interior angles of a triangle

= 180 ํ 2- 90 ํ is 180 ํ.)
= 45 ํ.
Then, ∠ADB = ∠DBA = ∠CDB = ∠DBC = 45 ํ.
Since ∠ABC = ∠DBA + ∠DBC
and ∠CDA = ∠ADB + ∠CDB,
we have ∠ABC = ∠CDA = 90 ํ.
According to this, each interior angle of □ ABCD is a right angle.
Therefore, □ ABCD is a square, where each side is x units long.
261
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Question 1
Construct a rectangle WXYZ of side WX a units and of side XY b units. Provide the proof.

a Z Y

b C

A W X B

Proof:
Since W = ZY = a units X (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and WZ = XY = b units, (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E the opposite sides of □ WXYZ are of equal length.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
Draw WY and XZ.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Determine ∆ WXZ and ∆ YZX. Determine ∆ ZWY and ∆ XYW.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WX = YZ (The radii of the same circle are equal.) ZW = XY (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
XZ = ZX (Common sides) WY = YW (Common sides)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ZW = XY (The radii of the same circle are equal.) YZ = WX (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, ∆ WXZ ≅ ∆ YZX. (SSS) According to this, ∆ ZWY ≅ ∆ XYW. (SSS)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have ∠ZWX = ∠XYZ = 90 ํ. We have ∠YZW = ∠WXY.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(Congruent angles are equal.) (Congruent angles are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since ZW + YZ + YZW + W Y = 360 ํ ,
∠ X ∠X ∠ ∠ X (The sum of interior angles of a quadrilateral is 360 .ํ )
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have 90 ํ + 90 ํ + ∠YZW + ∠YZW = 360 ํ.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2∠YZW = 180 ํ
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∠YZW = 90 ํ.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, ∠YZW = ∠WXY = 90 ํ.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, each interior angle of □ WXYZ is a right angle.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, □ WXYZ is a rectangle, where WX is a units long and XY is b units long.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

262
Worked Example 8
Construct a triangle where the length of one side is equal to AD and the area is equal
to that of a rectangle ABCD. Provide the proof.
D C

A B
Construction steps:
D C

A B E X
Step 1: At point A, construct AX passing through point B and construct BE on AX,
K
where BE = AB. E
Step 2: Draw DE. Y
Then, we have ∆ ADE as a triangle of equal area to a rectangle ABCD.
Proof:
Since ∠DAB = 90 ํ, (Each interior angle of a rectangle is 90 ํ.)
we have DA perpendicular to AE.
According to this, the height of (The height of a triangle is a line segment
∆ ADE equals DA. drawn perpendicularly from the vertex to
the base, or to the extended part on the
same base.)
Area of □ ABCD = AB × DA
Area of ∆ ADE = 12 × AE × DA
= 12 × 2AB × DA (AE = 2AB)
= AB × DA
According to this, the area of □ ABCD is equal to that of ∆ ADE.
Therefore, ∆ ADE is a triangle, where one side is of equal length to AD and the
area is equal to that of □ ABCD.
263
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Questions 6, 7
Construct a triangle, where the length of one side is equal to that of WZ and the
area is equal to that of a square WXYZ. Provide the proof.
Z Y

W X B A

Proof:
Since ∠ZWX = 90 ํ, (Each interior angle of a square is 90 ํ.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have ZW perpendicular to WB.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E According to this, the height of ∆ WBZ equals ZW. (The height of a triangle is a line segment drawn
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
perpendicularly from the vertex to the base, or to
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the extended part on the same base.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Area of □ WXYZ = WX × ZW
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Area of ∆ WBZ = 12 × WB × ZW
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 12 × 2WX × ZW (WB = 2WX)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= WX × ZW
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the area of □ WXYZ is equal to that of ∆ WBZ.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ WBZ is a triangle where one side is of equal length to WZ and the area is equal
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
to...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
that of □ WXYZ.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

264
Worked Example 9
Alex wants to cut a square tile, in which the area
of the new tile is 34 times that of the original. How
should he cut the tile? Provide the proof.
Construction steps:
Step 1: Let the corners of the square tile be
points S, T, U and V, respectively.
Step 2: On ST and UV, construct AB that bisects V N P U
and is perpendicular to ST and UV at
points M and N, respectively.
Step 3: On MT and UN, construct CD that bisects B D
and is perpendicular to MT and UN at
points O and P, respectively. S M O T
Then, we have □ SOPV as a quadrilateral, where A C
its area is 34 times that of the original. K
E
Y
Proof:
Since ∠VSO = ∠PVS = 90 ํ (Each interior angle of a square is 90 ํ.)
and ∠SOP = ∠OPV = 90 ํ, (Based on the construction)
we have □ SOPV as a rectangle.
Since SO = 34 ST and OP = TU, (Based on the construction)
we have: area of □ STUV = ST × TU
and area of □ SOPV = SO × OP
= 34 ST × TU.
According to this, the area of □ SOPV is 34 times that of □ STUV.
Therefore, the tile that has equal area to □ SOPV is 34 times that of the original.

265
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Question 5
Jen wants to cut a rectangular wooden board, in which the area of the new board is
1 times that of the original. How should she cut the board? Provide the proof.
2

D X C

A W B

Z
K
E
Y

Proof:
Since ∠ DAW = DA = 90 ํ ∠X (Each interior angle of a rectangle is 90 ํ,)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and ∠AWX = ∠WXD = 90 ํ, (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have □ AWXD as a rectangle.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AW = 12 AB and WX = BC, (Based on the construction)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: area of □ ABCD = AB × BC
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and area of □ AWXD = AW × WX
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 12 AB × BC.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the area of □ AWXD is 12 times that of □ ABCD.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the wooden board that has equal area to □ AWXD is 12 times that of the original.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

266
Exercise 5B
Basic Level
1. Construct a rhombus where each side is a units long and one angle is 60 ํ. Provide
the proof.

D C
a

A B X

Proof: K
Since AB = BC = CD = DA (The radii of the same circle are equal.) E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
and ∠BAD = 60 ํ, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have □ ABCD as a rhombus. (The four sides of a rhombus are of equal length.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, □ ABCD is a rhombus, where one angle is 60 .ํ

2. Syra wants to cut a wooden board into an equilateral triangle of side 2 m. How should
she cut it according to what she wants? Provide the proof. (Given that the length of
the obtained triangle : the length of the original wooden board = 1 cm : 1 m)
Proof:
C Since AB = BC = CA = 2 cm (Based on the construction)
.............................................................................................................................

and the three sides of an equilateral triangle are

.............................................................................................................................

of.............................................................................................................................
equal length,
A B X we have ∆ ABC as an equilateral triangle, where
.............................................................................................................................

each side is 2 m long.

.............................................................................................................................

267
Intermediate Level
3. Construct a right triangle, where AB is the base and the area is equal to that of
∆ ABC. Provide the proof.

G C

E
X A B
D

Proof:
Since ∠BAG = 90 ํ, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have ∆ BAG as a right triangle. (A right triangle has one right angle.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E Since GA is perpendicular to BX, (Based on the construction)
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have GA as the height of ∆ BAG. (The height of a triangle is a line segment drawn
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

perpendicularly from the vertex to the base, or to

the extended area on the same base.)

Since GA = CE, (Based on the construction)

we have: area of ∆ ABC = 12 × AB × CE

and area of ∆ BAG = 12 × AB × GA

= 12 × AB × CE .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, the area of ∆ BAG is equal to that of ∆ ABC.

Therefore, ∆ BAG is a right triangle, where AB is the base and the area is equal to that of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

∆ ABC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

268
4. Construct two isosceles triangles of equal area to a right triangle PQR. Provide the
proof.

R D R

E G F
H
A
Q C P Q P
B

Proof:
Determine ∆ DQP. Determine ∆ HQR.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We want to prove that ∆ QCD ≅ ∆ PCD. We want to prove that ∆ HRG ≅ ∆ HQG.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QC = PC (Based on the construction) RG = QG (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∠ QCD = ∠ PCD (Based on the construction) ∠ RGH = ∠ QGH (Based on the construction) K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
CD = CD (Common sides) GH = GH (Common sides) Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ QCD ≅ ∆ PCD. (SAS) Therefore, ∆ HRG ≅ ∆ HQG. (SAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have DQ = DP. (Congruent sides are equal.) We have HR = HQ. (Congruent sides are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since an isosceles triangle has two sides of Since an isosceles triangle has two sides of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal length, equal length,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have ∆ DQP as an isosceles triangle. we have ∆ HQR as an isosceles triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since DC ⊥ QP, (Based on the construction) Since HG ⊥ QR, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have DC as the height of ∆ DQP. we have HG as the height of ∆ HQR.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since DC = QR, (Based on the construction) Since HG = PQ, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: area of ∆ PQR = 12 × PQ × QR we have: area of ∆ PQR = 12 × QR × PQ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and area of ∆ DQP = 12 × PQ × DC and area of ∆ HQR = 12 × QR × HG
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 12 × PQ × QR. = 12 × QR × PQ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the area of ∆ DQP is equal to that Therefore, the area of ∆ HQR is equal to that
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ PQR. of ∆ PQR.
269
5. Construct a kite structure in a square shape, where the two diagonals are a units
long. Provide the proof.

a S C U
A

Proof:
We want to prove that the two diagonals of □ STUV bisect each other at right angles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since VT is the straight line that bisects (Based on the construction)

and is perpendicular to SU at point C,

Since CT = CV, (The radii of the same circle are equal.)

we have the two diagonals of □ STUV bisect each other at right angles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We want to prove that the two diagonals of □ STUV are of equal length.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since SU = a units (Based on the construction)

and VT = a units, (Based on the construction)

the two diagonals of □ STUV are of equal length.

According to this, □ STUV is a square, where the two (The two diagonals of a square bisect
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

diagonals are a units long. each other at right angles.)

Therefore, □ STUV is a kite structure in a square shape, where the two diagonals are a
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

units long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

270
6. Construct two quadrilaterals of equal area to ∆ DEF. Provide the proof.

F G F O

P O Q

A
D E D A B E

Proof:
We want to prove that the area of DEQP We want to prove that the area of DBOG □ □
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equals that of ∆ DEF. equals that of ∆ DEF.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since ∠DAO = ∠POA = 90 ํ, (Based on the Since ∠GDB = ∠DBO = ∠BOG = 90 ํ (Based on
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
construction) the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
we have ∠ DAO + ∠ POA = 180 .
ํ and ∠ GDB + ∠ DBO + ∠ BOG + ∠ OGD E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
According to this, DE // PQ. (The sum of interior = 360 ํ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angles on same side of the transversal is 180 ํ.) we have 90 ํ + 90 ํ + 90 ํ + ∠OGD = 360 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since ∠PDE = ∠DEQ = 90 ํ, (Based on the ∠OGD = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
construction) According to this, □ DBOG is a rectangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have ∠DPQ = ∠EQP = 90 ํ. (The sum of Since DB = 12 DE (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interior angles on same side of the transversal is180 ํ.) and BO = AF, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, □ DEQP is a rectangle. we have: area of ∆ DEF = 12 × DE × AF
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AO = 12 AF (Based on the construction) and area of □ DBOG = DB × BO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and EQ = AO, (Based on the construction) = 12 DE × AF.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: area of ∆ DEF = 12 × DE × AF Therefore, the area of □ DBOG equals that of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and area of □ DEQP = DE × EQ ∆ DEF.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= DE × 12 AF.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the area of □ DEQP equals that of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ DEF.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
271
Advanced Level
7. Construct a trapezoid of equal area to ∆ DEF. Provide the proof.

S F
R

P
D T E
Q

Proof:
We want to prove that □ DTFS is a trapezoid.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since SD ⊥ DT at point D and FP ⊥ DT at point P, (Based on the construction)

we have SD and FP as the distance between SF and DT measured from points D and P,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
Since SD = FP, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have SF // DT. (If the distance between two straight lines is

equal, then the two straight lines are parallel

to each other.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, □ DTFS is a trapezoid. (A trapezoid has at least one pair of parallel
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opposite sides.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since FP ⊥ DT ⊥ DE, (Based on the construction)

we have FP as the height of □ DTFS and ∆ DEF.

Since TE = SF, (Based on the construction)

we have: area of ∆ DEF = 12 × DE × FP

and area of □ DTFS = 12 × (DT + SF) × SD

= 12 × (DT + TE) × FP
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 12 × DE × FP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, □ DTFS is a trapezoid, where the area equals that of ∆ DEF.

272
Summary
1. Conditional statements
Cause Effect

If ∆ XYZ is a right triangle , then ∆ XYZ has one right angle.

We call the sentence “if ∆ XYZ is a right triangle, then ∆ XYZ has one right angle.”
a conditional statement.
2. Converse of conditional statements
A conditional statement:
Cause Effect

If ∆ XYZ is a right triangle , then ∆ XYZ has one right angle. K

E
Y
The converse of the conditional statement:
Cause Effect

If ∆ XYZ has one right angle , then ∆ XYZ is a right triangle.

In the situation where a conditional statement is true and the converse is also true,
we can condition and connect both sentences with if and only if.
∆ XYZ is a right triangle if and only if ∆ XYZ has one right angle.

273
3. Reasoning in Geometric Constructions
What is given: AB
A B
Objective: To construct point M on AB that makes AM = BM

Problem analysis
Constructing point M on AB that makes
AM = BM is to construct point M as the
midpoint on AB

Construction
P

K
E A B
Y M
Two SSS triangles
Q

Two ASA triangles

Reasoning
1. Proof of how ∆ APQ ≅ ∆ BPQ
2. Proof of how ∆ APM ≅ ∆ BPM
Congruent sides are equal.

Conclusion
1. AM = BM
2. Point M is the point on AB that makes
AM = BM.

274
Review Exercise 5
1. Are the following conditional statements true or false? Explain.
1) If a is an integer divisible by 2, then a is an even number.
Since a is an integer divisible by 2, 2a = x, where x is an integer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Then, a = 2 x.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since an even number is a number written in the form of 2n, where n is an integer, a is an
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

even number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the conditional statement “if a is an integer divisible by 2, then a is an even

Therefore, the conditional statement “if m > 0, then m = 1” is false.

Therefore, the conditional statement “if b is a prime number, then b is an even number” is
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

false.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) If x is an even number, then x is divisible by 2.

Since x is an even number, x = 2n, where n is an integer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, 2x = n, where n is an integer, i.e. x is divisible by 2.

Therefore, the conditional statement “if x is an even number, then x is divisible by 2” is

true.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

275
2. Write the following defined terms in the form of if and only if.
1) A factor of a counting number is any counting number that can divide the counting
number exactly.
2...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is a factor of a if and only if a is divisible by 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) A rational number is a number written in the form of a fraction, where the numerator
and the denominator are integers and the denominator is not zero.
is a rational number if and only if a = bc , where b and c are integers, and c 0.
a...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) An equilateral triangle is a triangle, where all the sides are of equal length.
∆ ABC is an equilateral triangle if and only if all the sides of ABC are of equal length. ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K 4) A parallelogram is a quadrilateral, where the opposite sides are of equal length and
E
Y parallel to each other.
□ ABCD is a parallelogram if and only if the opposite sides of ABCD are of equal □
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

length and parallel to each other.

3. Construct a triangle of base a units, of height b units and one base angle is 45 ํ.
Provide the proof.

R U T
a
V S
b
P Q X

276
Proof:
Since ∠PQT = ∠QTR = 90 ํ, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have ∠PQT + ∠QTR = 180 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, PQ // TR. (The sum of interior angles on same side of the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
transversal is 180 .ํ )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, each point on TR is of equal (If two straight lines are parallel to each other,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
distance to PQ. then the distance between them is always equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, ∆ PQR is b units high.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have PQ = a units and ∠PQR = 45 ํ. (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ PQR is a triangle of base a units, of height b units and one base angle is 45 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Construct two triangles of equal area to a rhombus STUV. Provide the proof.
V C E U

K
E
Y
S A
T D X
B

Proof:
Since ST // UV, (The opposite sides of a rhombus are parallel to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
each other.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
each point on UV is of equal distance to ST. (If two straight lines are parallel to each other,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then the distance between them is always equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the heights of ∆ SCD and ∆ SED are equal to VA.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the height of □ STUV is equal to VA, (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have: area of □ STUV = ST × VA
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
area of ∆ SCD = 12 × SD × VA = 12 × (2ST) × VA = ST × VA
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and area of ∆ SED = 12 × SD × VA = 12 × (2ST) × VA = ST × VA
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the areas of ∆ SCD and ∆ SED are equal to that of □ STUV.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

277
5. Construct a parallelogram, where the height is equal to QR, one angle is 45 ,ํ and the area is
3 times that of a square PQRS.
2

S C R B

P X Q A

Proof:
Since PA = CB (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

and PC = AB, (The radii of the same circle are equal.)

K we have □ PABC as a parallelogram. (A parallelogram has two pairs of equal opposite

Since ∠RQP = 90 ํ, (Each interior angle of a rectangle is 90 ํ.)

we have RQ ⊥ PA.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, RQ is the height of □ PABC.

Since PA = 32 PQ, (Based on the construction)

we have: area of □ PQRS = PQ × QR

and area of □ PABC = PA × QR

= 32 PQ × QR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, the area of □ PABC is 32 times that of □ PQRS.

We have ∠QPC = 45 ํ. (Based on the construction)

Therefore, □ PABC is a parallelogram, where the height is equal to QR, one angle is 45 ํ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

and the area is 32 times that of □ PQRS.

278
6. Construct a parallelogram, where the diagonals are m units long and n units long,
respectively, and one angle at the intersection point of the diagonals is 60 ํ. Provide
the proof.

D C
m E
n
A B

Proof:
Determine ∆ AEB and ∆ CED. Determine ∆ DEA and ∆ BEC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

AE = CE (The radii of the same circle are equal.) DE = BE (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
∠ AEB = ∠CED (Opposite angles are equal.) ∠DEA = ∠BEC (Opposite angles are equal.) E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
EB = ED (The radii of the same circle are equal.) EA = EC (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, ∆ AEB ≅ ∆ CED. (SAS) According to this, ∆ DEA ≅ ∆ BEC. (SAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have BA = DC. (Congruent angles are equal.) We have AD = CB. (Congruent angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to this, □ ABCD is a parallelogram. (A parallelogram has two pairs of equal opposite
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sides.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have: ∠CEB = 60 ํ (Based on the construction)

AC = m units (Based on the construction)

and BD = n units (Based on the construction)

Therefore, □ ABCD is a parallelogram, where the diagonals are m units and n units long,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

respectively, and one angle at the intersection point of the diagonals is 60 ํ.

279
7. Construct a kite structure, where the diagonals are m units and n units long,
respectively and the shorter diagonal intersects the longer one in the ratio of 1 : 3.
Provide the proof.
C
D B
F
m
n E
G
A

Proof:
Determine ∆ DFC and ∆ BFC. Determine ∆ DFA and ∆ BFA.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K DF = BF (The radii of the same circle DF = BF (The radii of the same circle
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E are equal.) are equal.)
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

∠ DFC = ∠BFC (Based on the construction) ∠DFA = ∠BFA (Based on the construction)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

FC = FC (Common sides) FA = FA (Common sides)

According to this, ∆ DFC ≅ ∆ BFC. (SAS) According to this, ∆ DFA ≅ ∆ BFA. (SAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have: CD = CB (Congruent sides are equal.) We have: AD = AB (Congruent sides are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

∠CDF = ∠CBF (Congruent sides ∠ADF = ∠ABF (Congruent sides

are equal.) are equal.)

Since ∠CDF = ∠CBF and ∠ADF = ∠ABF, (According to the previous proof)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

we have ∠CDA = ∠CBA.

Since CD = CB, AD = AB and ∠CDA = ∠CBA, (According to the previous proof)

we have □ ABCD as a kite.

CF : FA = 1 : 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, □ ABCD is a kite, where the shorter diagonal intersects the longer one in the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ratio of 1 : 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

280
Challenge Yourself
Construct PQ of equal length to 5 units. Provide the proof.
(Given that AB = 1 unit)
Hint Use Pythagoras' theorem.

A B

X R Q Y K
E
Y

Proof:
Determine PQR. ∆
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since ∠PRQ = 90 ํ, (Based on the construction)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we have ∆ PQR as a right triangle. (A right triangle with one right angle is a right triangle.)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From Pythagoras' theorem, we have PQ 2 = PR 2 + RQ 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (2AB)2 + AB 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (2(1))2 + 12
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PQ = 5, - 5
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since PQ is the side length of the triangle, PQ is a positive number.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, PQ = 5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, PQ is a line segment, where the length is equal to 5 units.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

281
Problems
in Real-World Contexts
Problems 1 Scuba diving
Divers use scuba tanks to breathe under water. In a scuba tank, there is a gas
mixture of 21% oxygen and 79% nitrogen, approximately. Divers can adjust the proportion
of more oxygen if they want to dive for a longer time. The outer part of a scuba tank
does not look like a cylinder, but the inside of it is in cylindrical form as shown below:

K
E
Y

Outer part of a scuba tank

Components inside a scuba tank

Inner part of a scuba tank

282
The volume of a scuba tank is calculated from the volume of water can be filled
in the tank. If a diver wants to dive 15 m deep for one hour, he will use a scuba tank
of radius 6.75 cm and of height 85 cm. (Take π ≈ 3.14.)
1) Find the volume of water that can be filled in the scuba tank (in liters).
2) Since gas can be compressed, the volume of gas that can be filled is more
than that of water that can be filled in the scuba tank. Here is the calculation:

Volume of gas that can Volume of scuba tank × Pressure in scuba tank
be filled in the scuba tank = Atmospheric pressure

In the scuba tank, given that the pressure is 200 Bar and the atmospheric pressure
is 1.01 Bar, find the volume of gas that can be filled in the tank (in liters).
3) The volume of gas used by a diver can be calculated as follows:
K
Volume of used gas = Respiratory rate × Time × Ambient pressure E
Y

Let’s say the respiratory rate of a diver is 20  per minute, and the ambient pressure
will increase to 1 Bar in every 10 m deep due to the atmospheric pressure. Find the
amount of time the diver can stay under water.
4) According to the above data, do you think the scuba tank is suitable for diving
or not? Explain.
Problem 2 Lotto Prizes
Nowadays, there are organized scammers who try to trick people with false claims.
For example, they might call you and inform that you won a lottery prize overseas.
However, to claim the prize, you have to pay them “handling charges” or “withholding
tax”. They will ask you to transfer such amount of money via any transfer service that
requires no document or identification. These scammers will make as many excuses
as possible for tricking and taking money from you.

283
The table below shows the number of people in a particular country who have been
K tricked, number of victims and amount of taken money from 2017-2019.
E
Y
Year 2017 2018 2019
Number of people who have been tricked 346 298 327
Number of victims 175 183 181
Amount of taken money 95 160 185

From the table, answer the following questions.

1) What percentage of the people who have been tricked in each year is the
victims?
2) Find the arithmetic mean of the victims’ taken money in each year, estimated
in a 4-digit value.
3) Do you think police officers should take the incidents seriously or not? Explain.

284
Key Journal Writing
(Page 169)
Suggested answer
1. The similarity between a dot plot and a histogram is that both are used for
displaying the data that have precise frequencies. Also, there is a number line on
the horizontal axis, in which data values are arranged from smallest to largest,
and adjacent data values are of equal width to each other.
The difference between a dot plot and a histogram is that a dot plot has only
the horizontal axis, while a histogram has both vertical and horizontal axes.
Additionally, a dot plot uses for displaying frequencies, but a histogram uses
the height of rectangular bars instead. On a dot plot, there is space between
adjacent data values, whereas rectangular bars on a histogram have no space
between each other. K
E
2. Displaying data with a dot plot is more suitable than a histogram in the situation Y
that there is a small volume of data, while a histogram is more suitable than a
dot plot when there is a large volume of data.

Frequency
5
4
3
2
1
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

285
Key Journal Writing
(Page 175)
Suggested answer
A stem-and-leaf plot is more suitable for displaying data than a histogram when
the range of data is small and also when we want to show the real values of data, not
only the frequencies.
A histogram is more suitable for displaying data than a stem-and-leaf plot when
the range of data is large and also when we do not want to show the real values of
data. For a histogram, frequencies of data are displayed in each class interval, which
is easy to detect data with the highest or lowest frequency.

K
E
Y

286
Key Journal Writing
(Page 259)
Suggested answer
The construction steps of an inscribed circle of ∆ XYZ are as follows:
1. Construct XA to bisect ∠YXZ, and construct YB to bisect ∠XYZ, in which XA
and YB intersect each other at point O.
2. Construct OC perpendicularly to XY at point C.
3. With center at O, draw a circle of equal radius to OC. Then, we have an inscribed
circle of ∆ XYZ.

Z
A
O K
B E
Y
C
X Y

When determining the inscribed circle of ∆ XYZ in the given problem, we can see
that it is the same as the figure constructed above.
Therefore, Justin was right.

287
Key Performance Task
(Page 178)
Suggested answer
Answers can vary depending on the teacher’s discretion because the possible answers
to Performance Task are based on individual observation results. However, the activity
steps should be as follows:
1. Observe, collect data and record data.
2. Create a frequency distribution table based on the collected data.
3. Construct a histogram based on the frequency distribution table.
4. Interpret the data based on the histogram.

K
E
Y

288
Problems
Key in Real-World Contexts

Problem 1 (Page 282)

Suggested answer
1) The volume of water that can be filled in the scuba tank
= πr 2h
= π(6.75)2(85)
≈ 3,872.8125 × 3.14 cm3
≈ 12,160.6 cm3
≈ 12.2 
Therefore, the volume of water that can be filled in the scuba tank is approximately
12.2 .
2) The volume of gas that can be filled in the scuba tank
= Volume of scuba tank × Pressure in scuba tank K
Atmospheric pressure E
Y
= 12,160.6
1.01
× 200

= 2,408,039.604 cm3
≈ 2,408 
Therefore, the volume of gas that can be filled in the scuba tank is approximately
2,408 .
3) The amount of time the diver can stay under water
Time = Volume of used gas
Respiratory rate × Ambient Pressure
≈
2,408
20 × (1.01 + 1510)
2,408
= 20 × (1.01 + 1.5)
= 202,408
× 2.51
≈ 48 min
Therefore, the diver can stay under water for about 48 minutes.
289
4) Since the diver can stay under water for about 48 minutes with this scuba tank,
which is less than 1 hour, the scuba tank is not suitable for diving.

Problem 2 (Page 283)

Suggested answer
1) In 2017
The number of victims is 175
346 × 100 ≈ 50.6% of the people who have been
tricked.
In 2018
The number of victims is 183
298 × 100 ≈ 61.4% of the people who have been
tricked.
In 2019
K
E The number of victims is 181
327 × 100 ≈ 55.4% of the people who have been
Y tricked.
2) In 2017
The average of the victims’ taken money = 95,000,000
175 ≈ 543,000 baht.

In 2018
The average of the victims’ taken money = 160,000,000
183 ≈ 874,000 baht.
In 2018
The average of the victims’ taken money = 185,000,000
181 ≈ 1,022,000 baht.
3) Police officers should take the incidents seriously due to the fact that the number
of people who have been tricked increased and the average of the victims’ taken
money also rose in the past three years.

290
Note

291
Note

292
EY ASTERIN
G
W
ork
-Textbook

MASTERING
Wor
k-Textb
oo
k

AcȺiɖȫ Learning
M ATICS
K
Mastering Mathematic
MATHEM MATHEMATICS
Master
ing Ma

s
themat

S.2B
ics S.2A

ey
3 in 1!
2A
ar y
Se co nd

2B
Yeap Ban Har, Ph.D.
Har, Ph.D. Ph.D. Joseph Yeo Boon Wooi, Ph.D. Seco ndar y
Yeap Ban
ge
Boon Wooi, Teh Keng Seng
Joseph Yeo g

ematics

1410
360.-
S.2A

64
Teh Keng
Sen
Content, Activities and
Exercises
Mastering Mathematics – the Work-Textbooks that include content, activities and
exercises developed based on the B.E. 2560 (A.D. 2017) revised version of Thailand’s Basic
Education Core Curriculum B.E. 2551 (A.D. 2008) and adapted from the most renowned
mathematics series for secondary level in Singapore

Active Learning Activities – include various activities to help increase knowledge and
enhance thinking skills
Investigation Journal Writing
Class Discussion Performance Task
Thinking Time

Marginal Notes – allow students to extend and increase their understandings on what they
have learned

Attention Recall
Information Just for Fun
Problem Solving Tip Internet Resources

Problems in Real-World Context – let students apply their mathematical knowledge

to real-life situations

Aksorn Charoen Tat ACT. CO., Ltd.

142 Tanao Road, Phra Nakhon, Bangkok, Thailand 10200
Tel. /Fax. +66 2622 2999 (auto phone switch 20 lines) www.aksorn.com

New Discovering Maths - Star Publishing - 1A
83% (12)
New Discovering Maths - Star Publishing - 1A
116 pages
New Discovering Maths - Star Publishing - 3A
80% (5)
New Discovering Maths - Star Publishing - 3A
157 pages
7 Mathscape
80% (5)
7 Mathscape
560 pages
Casco Mathematics Tutor Primary 6A
100% (8)
Casco Mathematics Tutor Primary 6A
677 pages
Shinglee New Syllabus Mathematics
100% (4)
Shinglee New Syllabus Mathematics
384 pages
MPH Maths 6A Workbook
100% (6)
MPH Maths 6A Workbook
210 pages
Mastering Math M2A
73% (11)
Mastering Math M2A
306 pages
Mathes Tutor 3B
100% (2)
Mathes Tutor 3B
581 pages
New Syllabus Additional Mathematics PDF
100% (4)
New Syllabus Additional Mathematics PDF
556 pages
Casco Mathematics Tutor Primary 6B
70% (10)
Casco Mathematics Tutor Primary 6B
459 pages
Singapore Math Secondary Two Math Tutor 2A
100% (3)
Singapore Math Secondary Two Math Tutor 2A
537 pages
Singapore Math Secondary Two Math Tutor 2B
100% (7)
Singapore Math Secondary Two Math Tutor 2B
472 pages
Mastering Math M3A
68% (19)
Mastering Math M3A
305 pages
Mastering Math M3B
88% (8)
Mastering Math M3B
282 pages
Mathematics: New Syllabus
100% (8)
Mathematics: New Syllabus
444 pages
New Syllabus Mathematics 8 Singapore Math Worktext-1
92% (26)
New Syllabus Mathematics 8 Singapore Math Worktext-1
671 pages
HSE Bridging Document Template 2019
100% (5)
HSE Bridging Document Template 2019
50 pages
Casco Mathematics Tutor Primary 3A
100% (1)
Casco Mathematics Tutor Primary 3A
493 pages
Singapore Secondary 1 End Year Examination For Math
80% (5)
Singapore Secondary 1 End Year Examination For Math
10 pages
New Syllabus 4 (7th Ed) - Textbook
No ratings yet
New Syllabus 4 (7th Ed) - Textbook
380 pages
New Syllabus 2 (7th Ed) - Workbook
No ratings yet
New Syllabus 2 (7th Ed) - Workbook
201 pages
Visible Thinking in Math 2A - DWS
100% (3)
Visible Thinking in Math 2A - DWS
183 pages
Shinglee EmathTxt 6thedt
89% (9)
Shinglee EmathTxt 6thedt
216 pages
Innovex Product Catalog 2018
No ratings yet
Innovex Product Catalog 2018
92 pages
New Syllabus Mathematics: 8 Edition
100% (6)
New Syllabus Mathematics: 8 Edition
154 pages
Math Solution M.1 B2-KEY
100% (1)
Math Solution M.1 B2-KEY
228 pages
MIE Maths Grade 7 PDF
100% (5)
MIE Maths Grade 7 PDF
278 pages
Daftar Harga Eceran Disarankan Yamaha Genuine Parts Efektif 1 November 2022
No ratings yet
Daftar Harga Eceran Disarankan Yamaha Genuine Parts Efektif 1 November 2022
1,755 pages
Workbook Full Solutions 3 PDF
100% (3)
Workbook Full Solutions 3 PDF
156 pages
Workbook Full Solutions 4 PDF
100% (3)
Workbook Full Solutions 4 PDF
184 pages
Technical Calculus with Analytic Geometry
From Everand
Technical Calculus with Analytic Geometry
Judith L. Gersting
No ratings yet
Grade 3 - Unit 1 Increase and Decrease Pattern
100% (1)
Grade 3 - Unit 1 Increase and Decrease Pattern
7 pages
Plant Worksheet
100% (2)
Plant Worksheet
21 pages
Commissioning Switches, Automatic Transfer
100% (5)
Commissioning Switches, Automatic Transfer
44 pages
Shffi (Lee: Yeo Chow Llew
0% (2)
Shffi (Lee: Yeo Chow Llew
8 pages
New Syllabus Radiology and Metaphysics Workbook ZackNguyen93
83% (6)
New Syllabus Radiology and Metaphysics Workbook ZackNguyen93
236 pages
Sách BT Toán 8 - Singapore
100% (3)
Sách BT Toán 8 - Singapore
210 pages
New Syllabus 2
No ratings yet
New Syllabus 2
405 pages
Untitled
No ratings yet
Untitled
545 pages
New Syllabus Additional Mathematics
100% (4)
New Syllabus Additional Mathematics
556 pages
New Syllabus Mathematics 1
67% (3)
New Syllabus Mathematics 1
160 pages
New Syllabus Mathematics Textbook 4 7th Edition
80% (5)
New Syllabus Mathematics Textbook 4 7th Edition
493 pages
Casco Mathematics Tutor Secondary 1A
No ratings yet
Casco Mathematics Tutor Secondary 1A
604 pages
Pre Algebra
100% (20)
Pre Algebra
216 pages
New Syllabus Shinglee Mathematics Textbook 2 Two 7th Edition by DR Joseph Yeo Teh Keng Seng Loh Cheng Yee Ivy Chow Publisher Hassaan Raza Compress
100% (2)
New Syllabus Shinglee Mathematics Textbook 2 Two 7th Edition by DR Joseph Yeo Teh Keng Seng Loh Cheng Yee Ivy Chow Publisher Hassaan Raza Compress
560 pages
Shinghlee New Syllabus Mathematics1 Workbook
100% (1)
Shinghlee New Syllabus Mathematics1 Workbook
236 pages
MathsWorld9 Student 9781420229639 CE
100% (2)
MathsWorld9 Student 9781420229639 CE
737 pages
Book 3
100% (1)
Book 3
48 pages
501 Geometry Questions Second Edition
92% (13)
501 Geometry Questions Second Edition
305 pages
Factorising Simple Cubic Expressions - Lesson
No ratings yet
Factorising Simple Cubic Expressions - Lesson
31 pages
(eBook PDF) Algebra Foundations: Prealgebra, Introductory Algebra, & Intermediate Algebra download
100% (1)
(eBook PDF) Algebra Foundations: Prealgebra, Introductory Algebra, & Intermediate Algebra download
46 pages
Factorisation
No ratings yet
Factorisation
20 pages
(eBook PDF) Algebra Foundations: Prealgebra, Introductory Algebra, & Intermediate Algebra instant download
100% (1)
(eBook PDF) Algebra Foundations: Prealgebra, Introductory Algebra, & Intermediate Algebra instant download
54 pages
(Math3) Book
No ratings yet
(Math3) Book
306 pages
Unit 2
No ratings yet
Unit 2
131 pages
Fun Math 4
No ratings yet
Fun Math 4
151 pages
Fundamental Mathematics IV
No ratings yet
Fundamental Mathematics IV
151 pages
Free Online Tutoring: Math Problems
No ratings yet
Free Online Tutoring: Math Problems
8 pages
Concept List
No ratings yet
Concept List
38 pages
Download Complete Practical Algebra 3rd Edition Bobson Wong Larisa Bukalov Steve Slavin PDF for All Chapters
No ratings yet
Download Complete Practical Algebra 3rd Edition Bobson Wong Larisa Bukalov Steve Slavin PDF for All Chapters
40 pages
Full Download Practical Algebra 3rd Edition Bobson Wong Larisa Bukalov Steve Slavin PDF DOCX
75% (4)
Full Download Practical Algebra 3rd Edition Bobson Wong Larisa Bukalov Steve Slavin PDF DOCX
40 pages
Algebra: Real World Applications and Problems: Solving Equations
No ratings yet
Algebra: Real World Applications and Problems: Solving Equations
22 pages
Mathematics Grade-10 Workbook
100% (1)
Mathematics Grade-10 Workbook
97 pages
(eBook PDF) Algebra Foundations: Prealgebra, Introductory Algebra, & Intermediate Algebra 2024 Scribd Download
100% (2)
(eBook PDF) Algebra Foundations: Prealgebra, Introductory Algebra, & Intermediate Algebra 2024 Scribd Download
41 pages
Factorising Complex Expressions - Lesson
No ratings yet
Factorising Complex Expressions - Lesson
46 pages
Mathematics For Intermediate Teachers 1st Edition Ann Kajander pdf download
100% (1)
Mathematics For Intermediate Teachers 1st Edition Ann Kajander pdf download
45 pages
CBSE Worksheet-17 Class - VI Science (Separation of Substances)
100% (2)
CBSE Worksheet-17 Class - VI Science (Separation of Substances)
3 pages
Exercise Electricity: Label The Picture and Its Functions
No ratings yet
Exercise Electricity: Label The Picture and Its Functions
19 pages
Review Matter
No ratings yet
Review Matter
12 pages
Exercise Matter
No ratings yet
Exercise Matter
11 pages
Eclipse Worksheets and Answer Keys
No ratings yet
Eclipse Worksheets and Answer Keys
8 pages
Final Review Rock and Phenomenal of Earth
No ratings yet
Final Review Rock and Phenomenal of Earth
8 pages
Vocabulary: Science Grade 6 Phenomena On Earth and Space Technology
No ratings yet
Vocabulary: Science Grade 6 Phenomena On Earth and Space Technology
15 pages
Vocabulary: Science Grade 6: Electricity
No ratings yet
Vocabulary: Science Grade 6: Electricity
11 pages
Grade 9 - System of Equation
No ratings yet
Grade 9 - System of Equation
4 pages
Homework Practice and Problem-Solving Practice Workbook: Contents Include
100% (1)
Homework Practice and Problem-Solving Practice Workbook: Contents Include
239 pages
Grade 3
No ratings yet
Grade 3
11 pages
Prepositions 22-2 PDF
100% (2)
Prepositions 22-2 PDF
1 page
Exercise Social Unit 2
No ratings yet
Exercise Social Unit 2
41 pages
Worksheet Science 2 º Unit 5
67% (3)
Worksheet Science 2 º Unit 5
20 pages
3d Shapes PDF
No ratings yet
3d Shapes PDF
1 page
Plants ACT
No ratings yet
Plants ACT
11 pages
Adverb of Frequency: Subject + + V1 +
No ratings yet
Adverb of Frequency: Subject + + V1 +
3 pages
Dna Technology: Tanyaratana Dumkua Biology Department, Mahidolwittayanusorn School
No ratings yet
Dna Technology: Tanyaratana Dumkua Biology Department, Mahidolwittayanusorn School
40 pages
Exam Style Questions: Guidance
No ratings yet
Exam Style Questions: Guidance
6 pages
Review Social: Midterm Test Grade 1
No ratings yet
Review Social: Midterm Test Grade 1
4 pages
Gr4 Selected Response Items
No ratings yet
Gr4 Selected Response Items
15 pages
Navier Stokes
No ratings yet
Navier Stokes
9 pages
A-Conventional Offshore Course - Part2pipelines and Risers PDF
100% (5)
A-Conventional Offshore Course - Part2pipelines and Risers PDF
99 pages
Negotiation Skills - Case Study
0% (1)
Negotiation Skills - Case Study
7 pages
Offers Internet Article Removal Service
100% (1)
Offers Internet Article Removal Service
2 pages
Role of Diatoms in The World of Forensic Science 2157 7145.1000181
No ratings yet
Role of Diatoms in The World of Forensic Science 2157 7145.1000181
5 pages
UM660H - UM662H (ASIA) - Datasheet (Low) - LG Commercial TV - 230901
No ratings yet
UM660H - UM662H (ASIA) - Datasheet (Low) - LG Commercial TV - 230901
3 pages
LED Module (21W) Street Light
No ratings yet
LED Module (21W) Street Light
7 pages
Cairns-Lee (2022) Enhancing Researcher Reflexivity About The Influence of Leading Questions in Interviews
No ratings yet
Cairns-Lee (2022) Enhancing Researcher Reflexivity About The Influence of Leading Questions in Interviews
25 pages
Clinical Laboratory Law RA. 4688
75% (4)
Clinical Laboratory Law RA. 4688
26 pages
NEJM 2025 ICMJE Predatory Journals
No ratings yet
NEJM 2025 ICMJE Predatory Journals
3 pages
SHIPBOARD PALLET TRUCK - Manual
No ratings yet
SHIPBOARD PALLET TRUCK - Manual
18 pages
IP-1066 Daily Progress Report No.49
No ratings yet
IP-1066 Daily Progress Report No.49
1 page
Power Quality Solutions: Statcom, 100kvar To 30mvar Dynamic Reactive Power Compensation
No ratings yet
Power Quality Solutions: Statcom, 100kvar To 30mvar Dynamic Reactive Power Compensation
8 pages
Earth Science Reviewer
100% (2)
Earth Science Reviewer
20 pages
03 Unit III Note 1.Pptx
No ratings yet
03 Unit III Note 1.Pptx
38 pages
Project Management
No ratings yet
Project Management
3 pages
Chapter 07. Customer-Driven Marketing Strategy: Segmentation, Targeting & Positioning
No ratings yet
Chapter 07. Customer-Driven Marketing Strategy: Segmentation, Targeting & Positioning
35 pages
Performance Management Prelim Quiz 2
No ratings yet
Performance Management Prelim Quiz 2
4 pages
Assignment 03
No ratings yet
Assignment 03
6 pages
Careerguide - Professional Skill Assessment Report - AP
No ratings yet
Careerguide - Professional Skill Assessment Report - AP
2 pages
Vinyl Handbook
No ratings yet
Vinyl Handbook
36 pages
90-267_ocr (1)-pages
No ratings yet
90-267_ocr (1)-pages
5 pages
Accelerator Technique 06
No ratings yet
Accelerator Technique 06
34 pages
Ethanol Determination Novel Method
No ratings yet
Ethanol Determination Novel Method
4 pages
Fence Contractors in Stroud, Ok
No ratings yet
Fence Contractors in Stroud, Ok
2 pages